SCHWEITZER MAUDUIT INTERNATIONAL INC
10-K, 1999-03-05
PAPER MILLS
Previous: AMERIPRIME FUNDS, NSAR-A, 1999-03-05
Next: SCHWEITZER MAUDUIT INTERNATIONAL INC, DEF 14A, 1999-03-05



<PAGE>   1
 
                                 UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                                   FORM 10-K
 
(MARK ONE)
 
<TABLE>
<C>         <C>                                                           <S>
   [X]            ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF
                        THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
                    FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
                                         OR
   [  ]          TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D)
                       OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
                           FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM
                                         TO
</TABLE>
 
                         COMMISSION FILE NUMBER 1-13948
                     SCHWEITZER-MAUDUIT INTERNATIONAL, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                      <C>
                        DELAWARE                                                62-1612879
            (State or other jurisdiction of                                  (I.R.S. Employer
             incorporation or organization)                                Identification No.)
 
         100 NORTH POINT CENTER EAST, SUITE 600                                 30022-8246
                  ALPHARETTA, GEORGIA                                           (Zip Code)
        (Address of principal executive offices)
</TABLE>
 
                                 1-800-514-0186
              (Registrant's telephone number, including area code)
 
          Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                  TITLE OF EACH CLASS:                          NAME OF EACH EXCHANGE ON WHICH REGISTERED:
                  --------------------                          ------------------------------------------
<S>                                                      <C>
 Common stock, par value $.10 per share (together with                New York Stock Exchange, Inc.
      associated preferred stock purchase rights)
</TABLE>
 
          Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
                                      None
 
    Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes  X   No  ___ .
 
    Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of the Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K.  [ ]
 
    As of December 31, 1998, 15,924,065 shares of the Corporation's common
stock, par value $.10 per share, together with preferred stock purchase rights
associated therewith, were outstanding, and the aggregate market value of the
common stock on such date (based on the closing price of these shares on the New
York Stock Exchange) held by non-affiliates was approximately $246 million.
 
                                  (Continued)
 
                                        1
<PAGE>   2
 
                      DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
 
    Schweitzer-Mauduit International, Inc.'s 1999 Proxy Statement, filed with
the Commission dated March 12, 1999, contains certain of the information
required in this Form 10-K, and portions of that document are incorporated by
reference herein from the applicable sections thereof. The following chart
identifies the sections of this Form 10-K which incorporate by reference
portions of the Company's 1999 Proxy Statement. The Items of this Form 10-K,
where applicable, specify which portions of such document are incorporated by
reference. The portions of such document that are not incorporated by reference
shall not be deemed to be filed with the Commission as part of this Form 10-K.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DOCUMENT OF WHICH PORTIONS                               ITEMS OF THIS FORM 10-K
ARE INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE                            IN WHICH INCORPORATED
- -----------------------------                            -----------------------
<S>                                             <C>      <C>
1999 Proxy Statement                                     Part III
                                                         Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of
                                                         the Registrant
                                                         Item 11. Executive Compensation
                                                         Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain
                                                         Beneficial Owners and Management
                                                         Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related
                                                                  Transactions
</TABLE>
 
                                        2
<PAGE>   3
 
                                     PART I
 
ITEM 1.  BUSINESS
 
BACKGROUND
 
     Schweitzer-Mauduit International, Inc. ("SWM") was incorporated in Delaware
on August 21, 1995 as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Kimberly-Clark Corporation
("Kimberly-Clark") for the purpose of effectuating the tax-free spin-off of
Kimberly-Clark's U.S., French and Canadian business operations that manufacture
and sell tobacco-related papers and other specialty paper products (the
"Businesses"). Pursuant to a distribution agreement dated October 23, 1995,
Kimberly-Clark agreed to distribute in the form of a dividend to its
stockholders all of the common stock of SWM and on November 30, 1995, each
Kimberly-Clark stockholder of record on November 13, 1995 received one share of
SWM common stock for every ten shares of Kimberly-Clark common stock held on the
date of record (the "Distribution"). As a result of the Distribution, SWM became
an independent public company. (As used herein, the Company means SWM, SWM and
its several subsidiaries or, as determined by the context, one or more of its
several subsidiaries.)
 
     On February 2, 1998, Schweitzer-Mauduit Spain, S.L. ("SM-Spain"), a
wholly-owned subsidiary of SWM, acquired 99.97 percent of the outstanding shares
of Companhia Industrial de Papel Pirahy ("Pirahy"), a specialty paper
manufacturer located in Santanesia, Brazil, near Rio de Janeiro. Pirahy,
subsequently renamed Schweitzer-Mauduit do Brasil, S.A. ("SWM-B"), is the
largest supplier of tobacco-related papers to the South American market. It also
produces printing and writing papers as well as papers for packaging and
labeling applications.
 
     Additionally, on February 11, 1998, the Company's second-tier subsidiary,
Schweitzer-Mauduit Enterprises S.A. ("SM-Enterprises"), wholly-owned by
Schweitzer-Mauduit France, S.A.R.L. ("SMF"), acquired all of the outstanding
shares of Ingefico, S.A. and 97.1 percent of the outstanding shares of its pulp
and specialty paper manufacturing subsidiaries, Groupe SAPAM S.A. ("Groupe
SAPAM") and Papeteries de la Moulasse S.A., located in St. Girons in the
southwestern part of France. Subsequently, SM-Enterprises acquired all the
remaining shares of Groupe SAPAM. SM-Enterprises and Ingefico, S.A. were then
merged into Groupe SAPAM. Papeteries de la Moulasse S.A. was renamed Papeteries
de St. Girons S.A. ("PdStG"). Approximately 90 percent of the net sales of PdStG
are of fine papers to the tobacco industry.
 
     Financial information about foreign and domestic operations, contained
under the caption "MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS" appearing in Part II, Item 7 herein and in Note 13 to
Consolidated Financial Statements contained in "FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND
SUPPLEMENTARY DATA" appearing in Part II, Item 8 herein, are incorporated in
this Item 1 by reference.
 
DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS
 
     GENERAL.  The Company manufactures and sells paper and reconstituted
tobacco products to the tobacco industry as well as specialized paper products
for use in other applications. Tobacco industry products, which comprised 90
percent of the Company's 1998 consolidated net sales, include cigarette, tipping
and plug wrap papers used to wrap various parts of a cigarette ("Cigarette
Papers"), reconstituted tobacco leaf ("RTL") for use as filler in cigarettes and
cigars, reconstituted tobacco wrappers and binders for cigars, and paper
products used in cigarette packaging. These products are sold directly to the
major tobacco companies or their designated converters in North and South
America, Eastern and Western Europe, China and elsewhere.
 
     Non-tobacco industry products include drinking straw wrap, lightweight
printing and writing papers, papers for packaging and labeling applications, tea
bag, coffee and other filter papers, battery separator paper and other
specialized papers primarily for the North American, Western European and
Brazilian markets. These products are generally sold directly to converters and
other end-users in North America and Western Europe and through brokers in
Brazil. The non-tobacco industry products are a diverse mix of products, certain
of which represent commodity paper grades produced to maximize machine
operations.
 
                                        3
<PAGE>   4
 
     PRODUCTS.  Each of the three principal types of paper used in
cigarettes -- cigarette, tipping and plug wrap papers -- serves a distinct
purpose in the function of a cigarette.
 
     Cigarette paper wraps the column of tobacco in a cigarette. Certain
properties of cigarette paper, such as basis weight, porosity, opacity, tensile
strength, texture and whiteness must be closely controlled to tight tolerances.
Many of these characteristics are critical to meet runnability standards of the
high-speed production processes utilized by premium cigarette manufacturers.
 
     Plug wrap paper forms the outer layer of a cigarette filter and is used to
hold the filter materials in a cylindrical form. Conventional plug wrap is
manufactured on flat wire paper machines using wood pulp. Porous plug wrap, a
highly porous paper, is manufactured on inclined wire paper machines using a
furnish consisting of "long fibers", such as abaca, and wood pulp. Porosity, a
measure of air permeability, ranges from a typical level of less than 100
Coresta on conventional plug wrap to 35,000 Coresta on high porosity papers.
High porosity plug wrap is sold under the registered trademark POROWRAP(R) and
is used on filter-ventilated cigarettes. High porosity papers can also be used
for such specialty products as battery separator paper.
 
     Tipping paper, produced in white or buff color, joins the filter element to
the tobacco section of the cigarette. The ability to produce tipping paper which
is both printable and glueable at high speeds is critical to producing a
cigarette with a distinctive finished appearance.
 
     Reconstituted tobacco is used by manufacturers of cigarettes, cigars and
other tobacco products primarily as a filler that is blended with virgin tobacco
in order to utilize otherwise wasted parts of the tobacco leaf. The Company
currently produces reconstituted tobacco in two forms: leaf in France and
wrapper and binder in the U.S.
 
     BUSINESS SEGMENTS.  The Company is operated and managed based on the
geographical location of its manufacturing operations: the U.S., France and
Brazil. While the products are comparable in each segment, they vary based on
the technological capabilities of each of the manufacturing operations and the
respective markets and customers served. Sales by a segment into markets
primarily served by a different segment occur where specific product needs
cannot be cost effectively met by the manufacturing operations in that segment.
 
     MARKETS AND CUSTOMERS.  The Company's U.S. business primarily supplies
customers in North America, but also has significant sales in South America and
Japan. The customer base for the U.S. operations consists of the major, and many
of the smaller, cigarette manufacturers in North America, several cigar
manufacturers and more than 50 manufacturers in approximately 30 countries
outside North America. The Company's French businesses rely predominantly on
worldwide exports, primarily to Western Europe, China, Eastern Europe and the
former Commonwealth of Independent States, and, in lesser but substantial
amounts, to Asia (excluding China), Africa, the Middle East and Australia. The
customer base for the French operations consists of a diverse group of
approximately 180 customers in approximately 80 countries. The Company's
Brazilian business primarily supplies customers in Brazil, with some sales to
other South American countries. The current customer base of the Brazilian
operations consists of the cigarette manufacturers in Brazil, as well as
customers in approximately ten countries outside Brazil. Customers of all three
units include international tobacco companies, regional tobacco manufacturers
and government monopolies.
 
     Philip Morris Incorporated ("Philip Morris"), including its subsidiaries,
and B.A.T. Industries PLC ("BAT"), including its U.S. subsidiary Brown &
Williamson Tobacco Corporation ("Brown & Williamson"), its Brazilian subsidiary
Souza Cruz S.A. ("Souza Cruz") and its other subsidiaries, are the Company's two
largest customers. Philip Morris and BAT, together with their respective
affiliates and designated converters, accounted for approximately 28 percent and
14 percent, respectively, of the Company's 1998 consolidated net sales.
 
     The Company's French paper businesses, together, are the largest exporter
of cigarette paper to China with an estimated 40 percent share of that country's
cigarette paper imports.
 
     LTR Industries, S.A. ("LTRI") is a 72-percent owned second-tier subsidiary
of the Company which manufactures RTL in France. LTRI has many customers,
consisting primarily of the large cigarette
 
                                        4
<PAGE>   5
 
manufacturers in Eastern and Western Europe. A small number of these large
customers account for a substantial portion of LTRI's net sales. The loss of any
one or more of these large customers could have a significant adverse effect on
LTRI's and the Company's results of operations.
 
     The Company exited the RTL business in the U.S. at the beginning of the
second quarter of 1996. In the fourth quarter of 1997, the U.S. business
temporarily restarted operation of the U.S. RTL production line, but only to
support the growth of the French RTL business while alternatives for additional
capacity were being considered. The U.S. RTL production line ceased operation in
the fourth quarter of 1998.
 
     PHILIP MORRIS SUPPLY AGREEMENT.  In 1992, the Company's U.S. unit was
chosen to be the single source of supply of Cigarette Papers to Philip Morris'
U.S. operations. The initial five-year term of the supply agreement (the "Supply
Agreement") was extended by mutual agreement. In July 1998, Philip Morris and
the Company signed an Amended and Restated Supply Agreement for Fine Paper
Supply ("Amended Supply Agreement"). The Amended Supply Agreement extends the
Company's position as the supplier of Cigarette Papers to Philip Morris' U.S.
operations until June 30, 2002, except that Philip Morris can exercise its
right, commencing in 1999 and continuing thereafter, to acquire up to ten
percent of its prior year purchases of Cigarette Papers from other parties.
Philip Morris had the right to purchase up to five percent of its direct
purchases of Cigarette Papers from other suppliers in 1998, but chose not to do
so. By its terms, the Amended Supply Agreement automatically renews for three
successive terms of two years each unless either party gives notice of
non-renewal 24 months before the end of the then current term. A supplement to
the Amended Supply Agreement creates the potential for a seven-year exclusive
supply arrangement with Philip Morris U.S.A. for an experimental new paper
product currently being jointly developed. Philip Morris and the Company also
have entered into a licensing and royalty agreement covering future
commercialization of this potential new paper product, the commercial viability
of which has not yet been tested.
 
     SOUZA CRUZ SUPPLY AGREEMENT.  On February 2, 1998, as part of the Company's
agreement to purchase Pirahy, the Brazilian operations entered into two
exclusive supply agreements with its former owner and largest customer, Souza
Cruz, to supply all of Souza Cruz's needs for papers which SWM-B is capable of
producing. The supply agreement for tobacco-related papers has an initial term
of three years and automatically renews for additional three-year terms unless
either party provides notice of phase-out prior to the date of expiration. The
supply agreement for coated paper used in the packaging of cigarette products
has an initial term of three years, with extensions to be negotiated prior to
the date of expiration.
 
     EMPLOYEE AND LABOR RELATIONS.  As of December 31, 1998, the Company had
approximately 3,475 regular full-time active employees of whom approximately 670
hourly employees and 325 salaried employees were located in the U.S. and Canada,
approximately 1,067 hourly employees and 622 salaried employees were located in
France, and approximately 750 hourly employees and 41 salaried employees were
located in Brazil.
 
     North American Operations -- Hourly employees at the Lee, Massachusetts,
Spotswood, New Jersey and Ancram, New York mills are represented by locals of
the PACE International Union. During 1998, a new three-year collective
bargaining agreement was reached at the Ancram mill, which will expire on
September 30, 2001. The current collective bargaining agreements expire at the
Spotswood mill on June 15, 2002 and at the Lee mills on August 1, 2002. There
have been no strikes or work stoppages at any of these locations for
approximately 19 years, and the Company believes employee and union relations
are positive.
 
     The fiber operations of the Company's Canadian subsidiary are non-union.
The Company believes that employee relations are positive.
 
     French Operations -- Hourly employees at the Company's mills in Quimperle,
Malaucene, St. Girons and Spay, France are union represented. During 1998, new
two-year collective bargaining agreements were entered into at each of these
mills. The current agreements for each of the mills will expire on December 31,
1999. Over the years, there have been intermittent work stoppages lasting from a
few hours to several days. The Company believes that, overall, employee
relations are positive and comparable to similar French manufacturing
operations.
 
                                        5
<PAGE>   6
 
     Brazilian Operations -- Hourly employees at the Pirahy mill are represented
by a union. The current collective bargaining agreement expires on May 31, 1999.
The Company believes that, overall, employee relations are positive and
comparable to similar Brazilian manufacturing operations.
 
     RAW MATERIALS.  Wood pulp is the primary fiber used in the Company's
operations. These operations consumed approximately 112,000 metric tons of wood
pulp in 1998, including requirements of the newly-acquired companies, and 71,000
metric tons of wood pulp in 1997, all of which was purchased. Company operations
also use other cellulose fibers, the most significant of which are in the form
of flax fiber and tobacco stems and scraps, as the primary raw materials for the
Company's paper and reconstituted tobacco products, respectively. While tobacco
stems and scraps are generally the property of the cigarette manufacturer for
whom the reconstitution is contracted, the Company and LTRI purchase some
tobacco materials for use in the production of RTL and wrapper and binder
products.
 
     Flax straw is purchased and subsequently processed into flax tow at
processing facilities in Canada and France. The flax tow is then converted into
flax pulp at pulping facilities in the U.S. and France. Flax tow and flax pulp
are also purchased externally, but these purchases only represent approximately
27 percent of the flax pulp currently consumed by the Company's U.S. and French
operations.
 
     Certain specialty papers are manufactured with other cellulose fibers such
as abaca and sisal fibers and small amounts of secondary and recycled fibers.
All of these secondary and recycled fibers are purchased.
 
     To ensure an adequate supply of wood pulp at competitive prices, the
Company and Kimberly-Clark agreed that Kimberly-Clark will, for a fee, make
available to the Company its pulp sourcing services. The Company continues to
utilize these services.
 
     The Company believes that the fibers identified above and the remaining raw
materials purchased by the Company are readily available from several sources
and that the loss of a single supplier would not have a material adverse effect
on the Company's ability to procure needed raw materials.
 
     COMPETITION.  The Company is the leading producer of Cigarette Papers in
the world. LTRI is the leading independent producer of RTL for use in
cigarettes. The Company does not sell its products directly to consumers or
advertise its products in consumer media. The specialized nature of these
tobacco-related papers requires research and development capability to develop
them and special papermaking equipment and skills to meet exacting customer
specifications. These factors have limited the number of competitors in each of
the tobacco-related paper categories discussed separately below.
 
     Cigarette Paper -- Management believes that the Company has an estimated 57
percent share of the North American cigarette paper market. The Ecusta division
of P.H. Glatfelter Company ("Ecusta") is the Company's major competitor in the
sale of cigarette paper in North America. European suppliers, such as Miquel y
Costas & Miquel S.A., a Spanish corporation ("Miquel y Costas"), also compete in
this market but, to date, have achieved no more than an estimated 10 percent
market share. Management believes that the bases of cigarette paper competition
are price, consistent quality, level of technical service and performance
requirements of the customer's cigarette-making equipment.
 
     The principal competitors of the Company's French cigarette paper
businesses are Wattens, Schoeller & Hoesch GmbH ("Schoeller & Hoesch"), a German
company acquired by P.H. Glatfelter Company in January 1998, Robert Fletcher
(Greenfield) Limited, Miquel y Costas, and Julius Glatz GmbH. Papeteries de
Mauduit, S.A. ("PdM"), an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company in
France, sells approximately 66 percent of its products (cigarette paper and
porous and conventional plug wrap) in Western Europe and China. Management
believes that the bases of competition for PdM's products are the same as for
the Company's U.S. operations.
 
     The principal competitors of the Company's Brazilian cigarette paper
business are Ecusta (including Schoeller & Hoesch), Miquel y Costas and Wattens.
SWM-B has an estimated 65 percent market share of cigarette paper in Brazil and
an estimated 44 percent market share of cigarette paper in South America.
Management believes that the bases of cigarette paper competition for SWM-B are
the same as for the Company's U.S. business.
 
                                        6
<PAGE>   7
 
     Plug Wrap Paper -- Management believes that the Company's U.S. business has
a 78 percent share of the North American plug wrap market. The remaining 22
percent is shared by three competitors: Ecusta (including Schoeller & Hoesch),
Miquel y Costas, and Wattens. The Company's French businesses hold an estimated
65 percent of the Western European high porosity plug wrap market. Schoeller &
Hoesch is the Company's principal competitor in that market. Through the
Brazilian business' supply of conventional plug wrap papers and the U.S.
business' supply of porous plug wrap papers, the Company has an estimated 61
percent share of the South American plug wrap market. Ecusta (including
Schoeller & Hoesch), Miquel y Costas and Wattens are the Company's principal
competitors in that market.
 
     Management believes that the primary basis of competition for high porosity
plug wrap is technical capability with price being a less important
consideration. On the other hand, conventional plug wrap entails less technical
capability with the result that price and quality are the primary bases of
competition.
 
     Tipping Paper -- Management believes that the Company's U.S. business has
an estimated 59 percent share of the North American market for base tipping
paper which is subsequently printed by converters. Its principal competitors in
these markets are Ecusta and Tervakoski Oy, a Finnish exporter. Management
believes that the bases for competition are consistent quality, price and, most
importantly, the ability to meet the runnability and printability requirements
of converting equipment and high-speed cigarette-making machines.
 
     Papeteries de Malaucene S.A. ("PdMal"), another of the Company's indirect
wholly-owned French subsidiaries, operates a tipping paper mill in Malaucene,
France, and ranks among the largest converted tipping paper producers in Western
Europe, with an estimated 13 percent market share. PdMal produces printed and
unprinted, and laser and electrostatically perforated tipping papers. PdMal's
principal European competitors are Tann-Papier GmbH (Austria), Benkert GmbH
(Germany) and Miquel y Costas. Management believes that the bases of competition
for perforated tipping paper in Europe are perforation technology, consistent
quality and price.
 
     The Company's Brazilian business has an estimated 58 percent share of the
South American market for base tipping paper which is subsequently printed by
converters. The Company's principal competitors in South America are Ecusta
(including Schoeller & Hoesch) and Miquel y Costas. Management believes that the
bases of cigarette paper competition for SWM-B are the same as for the Company's
U.S. business.
 
     Reconstituted Tobacco -- LTRI is the leading independent producer of RTL.
Management believes that the basis of competition in this market is primarily
quality. However, sales volumes are influenced by worldwide virgin tobacco
prices (lower prices of virgin tobacco may result in lower reconstituted tobacco
sales volumes).
 
     LTRI's principal competitors are (i) R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company, which
produces RTL for both internal and external use, (ii) Yelets, an affiliate of
R.J. Reynolds which operates in Russia, (iii) B.V. Deli-HTL Tabak Maatschappiji
B.V., an independent producer which operates in Holland, and (iv) cigarette
companies such as Philip Morris and BAT, which produce RTL primarily for
internal use.
 
     Management estimates that 85-90 percent of cigar wrapper and binder used in
the U.S. market is produced internally by domestic cigar manufacturers. The
Company's Ancram mill and Nuway Microflake Partnership, a cast process
manufacturer, produce the balance.
 
     Other Products -- The Company and its subsidiaries produce wrapping paper
for drinking straws, filter papers, as well as papers for lightweight printing
and writing, papers for packaging and labeling applications, business forms and
battery separators. Management believes that price is the primary basis of
competition for drinking straw wrap and filter papers (collectively, "Filler
Papers"), while consistent quality and customer service are believed to be the
primary competitive factors for battery separator and business forms papers. The
Company does not possess a significant market share in any of the above
segments, except for battery separator papers, where it holds approximately 25
percent of the worldwide market. The Company continues, to the extent feasible,
to convert its production of less profitable Filler Papers to more profitable
niche applications.
 
                                        7
<PAGE>   8
 
     RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT; PATENTS AND TRADEMARKS.  The Company has research
and laboratory facilities in Spay, France and Alpharetta, Georgia and employs
more than 40 research personnel. The Company is dedicated to developing
Cigarette Papers and reconstituted tobacco product innovations and improvements
to meet the needs of individual customers. The development of new components for
tobacco products is the primary focus of these research and development
functions, which are working on several development projects for the Company's
major customers. The Company spent in the aggregate on product research and
development $6.5 million, $6.4 million and $6.0 million in 1998, 1997 and 1996,
respectively.
 
     The Company believes that the research and product development capabilities
of its U.S. and French operations are unsurpassed in the industry and have
played an important role in establishing the Company's reputation for high
quality, superior products. The Company's commitment to research and development
has enabled the Company, for example, to (i) produce high-performance papers
designed to run on the high-speed manufacturing machines of its customers, (ii)
produce papers to exacting specifications with very high uniformity, (iii)
produce cigarette paper with extremely low basis weights, and (iv) have an
acceptance rate by its customers in excess of 99 percent. The Company also
believes it is in the forefront of the manufacturing process, having invested
heavily in modern technology, including laser technology and modern
paper-slitting equipment. The Company believes that its commitment to research
and development, coupled with its investment in new technology and equipment,
has positioned the Company to take advantage of growth opportunities abroad for
American-style premium cigarettes.
 
     As of December 31, 1998, the Company and its subsidiaries collectively
owned approximately 72 patents and had pending 70 patent applications covering a
variety of Cigarette Papers, RTL and cigar wrapper and binder products and
processes in the United States, Western Europe and several other countries. The
Company believes that such patents, together with its papermaking expertise and
technical sales support, have been instrumental in establishing it as the
leading worldwide supplier of Cigarette Papers, RTL and reconstituted wrapper
and binder made by the papermaking process.
 
     Management believes that the Company's POROWRAP(R) trademark, the "PdM"
logo, the "Job papier a cigarette," Papeteries de Mauduit and Schweitzer trade
names also have been significant contributors to the marketing of the Company's
products.
 
     BACKLOG; SEASONALITY.  The Company has historically experienced a steady
flow of orders. Its mills typically receive and ship orders within a 30-day
period, except in the case of RTL where orders are generally placed well in
advance of delivery. The Company plans its manufacturing schedules and raw
material purchases based on its evaluation of customer forecasts and current
market conditions.
 
     The U.S. business does not calculate or maintain records of order backlogs.
Philip Morris, its largest customer, provides forecasts of future demand, but
actual orders for Cigarette Papers are typically placed two weeks in advance of
shipment.
 
     The French businesses do maintain records of order backlogs. For Cigarette
Papers, the order backlog was approximately $24 and $21 million on December 31,
1998 and 1997, respectively. This represented approximately 44 and 50 days of
Cigarette Paper sales in 1998 and 1997, respectively. LTRI's RTL business
operates under a number of annual supply agreements. The order backlog for RTL
was approximately $56 and $57 million on December 31, 1998 and 1997,
respectively.
 
     The Brazilian business does not calculate or maintain records of order
backlogs. Approximately one-half of its sales are on a consignment basis with
Souza Cruz, its largest customer. Souza Cruz also provides forecasts of future
demand in order for the Brazilian operations to manage levels of consignment
inventories.
 
     Sales of the Company's products are not subject to seasonal fluctuations,
except in the U.S. where customer shutdowns of one to two weeks in duration
typically occur in July and December, and in Brazil where customer orders are
typically lower in December due to a January and February holiday season.
 
     SALES AND DISTRIBUTION.  Essentially all sales of tobacco-related products
by the U.S. and French businesses are sold by the Company's marketing, sales and
customer service organizations directly to cigarette manufacturers or their
designated converters, and to cigar manufacturers, except in China where sales
are
 
                                        8
<PAGE>   9
 
generally made to trading companies for resale to cigarette producers. The
Brazilian business' tobacco-related products are sold by the Brazilian marketing
and sales organization directly to cigarette manufacturers, and through brokers
for non-tobacco related products. Most of the Company's U.S. and French
businesses' non-tobacco related products are sold on a direct basis.
 
     ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS.  Capital expenditures for environmental controls to
meet legal requirements and otherwise relating to the protection of the
environment at the Company's facilities in the United States, France, Brazil and
Canada are estimated to be approximately $2 to $4 million annually in 1999 and
2000. Based on the Company's analysis, the first phase of the Cluster Rules
governing wastewater discharges promulgated by the U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency ("EPA"), as published in April 1998, does not affect the Company's three
U.S. mills. The EPA is currently engaged in further rule-making. The later
phases of the Cluster Rules and National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System
Permit renewals may require the Company to install water pollution controls at
its U.S. facilities sometime after the year 2000. The 1999 and 2000 estimates
include amounts previously planned for earlier periods, but which have been
postponed in order to ensure compliance with final governmental regulations,
when published, and to take advantage of emerging enhanced technologies. These
expenditures have been anticipated for several years and are not expected to
have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial condition, results of
operations or competitive position; however, these estimates could be modified
as a result of changes in the Company's plans, changes in legal requirements or
other factors.
 
     RISKS FOR FOREIGN OPERATIONS.  In addition to its U.S. operations, the
Company has manufacturing facilities in France, Brazil and Canada. Products made
in France, Brazil or in the U.S. are marketed in approximately 90 countries.
Because these countries are so numerous, it is not feasible to generally
characterize the risks involved. Such risks vary from country to country and
include such factors as tariffs, trade restrictions, changes in currency value,
economic conditions, and international relations. See "MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION
AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- Factors That
May Affect Future Results" appearing in Part II, Item 7 herein.
 
     INSURANCE.  The Company maintains coverage for most insurable risks that
are incident to its operations.
 
                                        9
<PAGE>   10
 
ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES
 
     As of December 31, 1998, the Company operated eight mills (which include
four fiber pulping operations) in the U.S., France and Brazil that produce
specialty papers and/or reconstituted tobacco products. The Company also
operates flax fiber processing operations in France and Canada. The Company or
one of its subsidiaries owns each of these facilities except for a flax tow
storage facility in Killarney, Manitoba, which is leased. The Company and its
subsidiaries maintain administrative and sales offices in Alpharetta, Georgia,
in Quimperle and Paris, France, in Hong Kong, in Santanesia and Rio de Janeiro,
Brazil, and in Madrid, Spain. The Company's world headquarters are also located
in Alpharetta. All of these offices are leased except for the Quimperle and
Santanesia offices, which are owned by PdM and SWM-B, respectively.
 
     Management believes that each of these facilities is well-maintained,
suitable for conducting the Company's operations and business, and adequately
insured.
 
     Only the mill in Spay, France is currently operating at or close to
capacity. The Company's U.S., French and Brazilian paper operations all
experienced downtime on certain machines during the fourth quarter of 1998
because of reduced demand and to reduce inventories of Cigarette Papers. The
U.S. RTL production line had been temporarily restarted during the fourth
quarter of 1997, in support of increased sales volumes of LTRI while
alternatives for additional capacity were considered. During the fourth quarter
of 1998, the Company announced an expansion project for the French RTL business,
and the U.S. RTL production line ceased operation.
 
     In addition to the operating equipment listed on the following page, the
Company and its subsidiaries have additional equipment which has been taken out
of service. These pieces of equipment are in various states of condition and may
or may not be usable should the Company need additional capacity. Further, it
may not be cost-effective to make upgrades which may be necessary to bring this
equipment back into service.
 
                                       10
<PAGE>   11
 
     The following are locations of the Company's principal facilities and
operating equipment as of December 31, 1998:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    PRODUCTION LOCATIONS                EQUIPMENT                        PRODUCTS
    --------------------                ---------                        --------
<S>                            <C>                          <C>
Lee Mills                      4 Paper Machines             Base Tipping and Specialty Papers,
Lee, Massachusetts             Pulping Equipment            Plug Wrap Paper
(4 mill sites)
Spotswood Mill                 5 Paper Machines             Cigarette Paper, Plug Wrap Paper
Spotswood, New Jersey          Pulping Equipment
Ancram Mill                    1 Paper Machine              Reconstituted Tobacco Wrapper and
Ancram, New York               1 Reconstituted Tobacco      Binder, Porous Plug Wrap and
                               Wrapper and Binder           Specialty Papers
                                 Machine
Fiber Operations               5 Movable Fiber Mills        Flax Fiber Processing
Manitoba, Canada
Papeteries de Mauduit Mill     10 Paper Machines            Cigarette Paper, Plug Wrap Paper
Quimperle, France              Pulping Equipment            and Long Fiber Specialties
Papeteries de Malaucene Mill   1 Paper Machine              Tipping and Specialty Papers
Malaucene, France              3 Printing Presses
                               11 Laser Perforating Lines
                               1 Electrostatic Perforating
                               Line
Papeteries de St. Girons Mill  3 Paper Machines             Cigarette Paper, Plug Wrap Paper,
St. Girons, France             Pulping Equipment            Base Tipping and Specialty Papers,
                                                            Flax Pulp
LTR Industries Mill            2 Reconstituted Tobacco      Reconstituted Tobacco Leaf, Flax
Spay, France                   Leaf   Machines              Fiber Processing, Research &
                               1 Fiber Mill                 Development
Pirahy Mill                    4 Paper Machines             Cigarette Paper, Plug Wrap Paper,
Santanesia, Brazil             1 Coating Machine            Base Tipping and Specialty Papers
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  ADMINISTRATIVE LOCATIONS            OFFICE SPACE                       FUNCTIONS
  ------------------------            ------------                       ---------
<S>                            <C>                          <C>
Alpharetta, Georgia            Leased Office Space          Company World Headquarters,
                                                            Administration, Sales and Research
                                                            & Development -- U.S. Business
Madrid, Spain                  Leased Office Space          Administrative Office for
                                                            International Investments
Quimperle, France              Owned Office Space           Administrative Offices for French
                                                            Businesses
Paris, France                  Leased Office Space          Administrative and Sales Offices
                                                            for French Businesses
Hong Kong                      Leased Office Space          Sales Office for French Businesses
Santanesia, Brazil             Owned Office Space           Administrative Offices for
                                                            Brazilian Business
Rio de Janeiro, Brazil         Leased Office Space          Sales Office for Brazilian Business
</TABLE>
 
                                       11
<PAGE>   12
 
ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
     The following is a brief description of potentially material legal
proceedings to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party, or of
which any of their properties is subject:
 
LITIGATION
 
     Under the terms of the Distribution, the Company assumed liability for and
agreed to indemnify Kimberly-Clark from litigation arising out of the operation
of the Businesses, including the following cases:
 
     - A purported class action, defining a class of plaintiffs who allegedly
       sustained injuries as a result of being exposed to tobacco smoke and
       respirable asbestos fibers, and three individual actions have been filed
       in the Circuit Court of Kanawha County, West Virginia in 1998 against
       several tobacco companies, tobacco industry trade associations and
       consultants, tobacco wholesalers and cigarette component manufacturers,
       including Kimberly-Clark and LTRI. The class representative and each
       individual plaintiff, respectively, seek compensatory damages of $2 to $3
       million, punitive damages of $3 million and, for class members,
       compensatory and punitive damages in an unspecified amount. Cleo Huffman,
       Denny L. Parsons, Linda Morris and Sinette Newkirk, the named plaintiffs
       in these actions, filed their respective complaints on February 13, 1998,
       February 27, 1998, March 13, 1998 and July 22, 1998. The complaints
       allege several theories of liability against the defendants including
       negligence, product liability, misrepresentation, breach of warranty,
       conspiracy and other theories of liability. The Company has filed motions
       to dismiss that are currently pending in each of these cases.
 
     - In September 1998, Luanne Jividen and Jerry Jividen filed a complaint in
       the Circuit Court of Mason County, West Virginia against several tobacco
       companies, industry trade associations and consultants, tobacco
       wholesalers and cigarette component manufacturers, including
       Kimberly-Clark and LTRI, seeking equitable relief, $1 million in
       compensatory damages and $3 million in punitive damages for mental
       suffering, physical injury and loss of consortium allegedly sustained as
       a result of Ms. Jividen's contracting breast cancer as a result of her
       addiction to smoking Marlboro and other brands of cigarettes. The
       fourteen count complaint sets forth several theories of liability
       including willful and negligent misrepresentation, violations of state
       consumer protection laws, breach of express and implied warranties,
       intentional infliction of emotional distress, product liability,
       conspiracy, sale of an unreasonably dangerous product and accomplice
       liability.
 
     - In October 1998, Edward J. Sweeney, Stephen R. Micarek and Lisa A. Figura
       filed, in the Court of Common Pleas of Allegheny County, Pennsylvania, on
       behalf of themselves and certain residents of Pennsylvania, a purported
       class action against several tobacco companies, industry trade
       associations and consultants, tobacco wholesalers and retailers and
       cigarette component manufacturers, including Kimberly-Clark, seeking
       equitable relief and punitive damages for the class in an unspecified
       amount. The class consists of those Pennsylvania residents who,
       "commencing before age 18 . . . purchased, smoked . . . and continue to
       smoke cigarettes manufactured, marketed and sold by defendants". The five
       count complaint alleges that the defendants are liable to the plaintiffs
       under a number of theories, including product liability, consumer fraud,
       breach of special duty, negligence and civil conspiracy. Among other
       things, the complaint alleges that nicotine is an addictive substance,
       that the tobacco companies, by using reconstituted tobacco and other
       additives, are able to control the precise amount and/or the
       bioavailability of nicotine in their cigarettes and that LTRI, formerly a
       subsidiary of Kimberly-Clark, specializes in the tobacco reconstitution
       process and in helping tobacco companies control the nicotine in their
       cigarettes. The defendants have sought to remove the case to the U.S.
       District Court for the Western District of Pennsylvania. Plaintiff's
       motion to remand the case to state court is pending.
 
     As a component supplier, the Company believes that Kimberly-Clark has
meritorious defenses to each of these cases. LTRI also has meritorious defenses
to each of the cases in which it has been named as a defendant and will seek to
be dismissed from such actions on the grounds that it is not subject to the
personal jurisdiction of the West Virginia courts and also on the grounds that
it did not sell its products in the United States. Due to the uncertainties of
litigation, the Company cannot predict the outcome of these cases and is
                                       12
<PAGE>   13
 
unable to make a meaningful estimate of the amount or range of loss which could
result from an unfavorable outcome of these actions. These cases will be
vigorously defended.
 
     During 1998, Kimberly-Clark was voluntarily dismissed, with prejudice, from
a purported tobacco class action brought by James E. McCune in 1997 in the
Circuit Court of Kanawha County, West Virginia, and, in December 1998, the
federal district court in Utah dismissed Kimberly-Clark, with prejudice, from a
tobacco class action brought by three union health and welfare funds.
 
     Also, the Company is involved in certain other legal actions and claims
arising in the ordinary course of business. Management believes that such
litigation and claims will be resolved without a material adverse effect on the
Company's consolidated financial statements.
 
ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
 
     The Company's operations are subject to federal, state and local laws,
regulations and ordinances relating to various environmental matters. The nature
of the Company's operations expose it to the risk of claims with respect to
environmental matters, and there can be no assurance that material costs or
liabilities will not be incurred in connection with such claims. Based on the
Company's experience to date, the Company believes that its future cost of
compliance with environmental laws, regulations and ordinances, and its exposure
to liability for environmental claims, will not have a material adverse effect
on the Company's financial condition or results of operations. However, future
events, such as changes in existing laws and regulations, or unknown
contamination of sites owned, operated or used for waste disposal by the Company
(including contamination caused by prior owners and operators of such sites or
other waste generators) may give rise to additional costs which could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's financial condition or results of
operations.
 
     Prior to the Distribution, Kimberly-Clark was named a potentially
responsible party ("PRP") under the provisions of the U.S. Comprehensive
Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act ("CERCLA"), or analogous
state statutes, in connection with two waste disposal sites utilized by the
Company's Spotswood mill. Prior to the Distribution, the Spotswood mill also
responded to an information request by the New Jersey Department of
Environmental Protection and Energy ("NJDEP") with respect to another landfill
site allegedly used by the Spotswood mill. The Company has assumed
Kimberly-Clark's liabilities at each of these sites but does not believe that
any of these proceedings will result in the imposition of monetary sanctions or
have a material adverse effect on the Company's business or financial condition.
 
     In December 1997, the Company received notification from the EPA that,
pursuant to CERCLA, it may be named as a PRP in connection with a 1986 shipment
of transformer oil containing polychlorinated biphenyl which the Company's Lee
mills had contracted to have transported to a disposal site by a transporter.
The transporter has agreed to indemnify the Company for any liability connected
with such shipment.
 
     The Company also assumed responsibility to administer a consent order
between Kimberly-Clark and the Massachusetts Department of Environmental
Protection ("MDEP") governing the post-closure care of the Willow Hill Landfill
in Lee, Massachusetts. The Company is obligated to maintain the integrity of the
cover and to sample groundwater by means of monitoring wells, in addition to
other long-term maintenance responsibilities for this former non-hazardous waste
disposal facility. Under the terms of a January 24, 1997 Administrative Consent
Order with MDEP, as amended ("Consent Order"), the Company was required to
reduce concentrations of landfill gases at the landfill property line to
specified levels by September 15, 1998. The Company has met the specified levels
at 22 of 26 gas monitoring wells, but four monitoring wells have not yet
attained such levels at 30 feet below ground level. Since such noncompliance
does not create a safety risk, the Company has applied to MDEP to modify the
Consent Order so that gas concentration measurements are restricted to 20 feet
below ground level and monitoring frequency is reduced to twice per month.
Pending a decision on the Company's request to modify the Consent Order, the
Company must continue to monitor gas concentrations at the property line as
specified in the Consent Order. Although the literal terms of the Consent Order
could subject the Company to penalties for failing to meet the September 15,
1998 deadline, the Company does not expect the imposition of penalties based on
the absence of a safety risk and current progress toward full compliance. The
estimated cost of the remaining corrective action and annual operating expenses
 
                                       13
<PAGE>   14
 
expected to be incurred under the Consent Order, without the modifications
requested by the Company, is $0.2 million, which amount has been accrued as of
December 31, 1998.
 
     On December 7, 1998, the Company's Lee mills received a Notice of
Enforcement Conference concerning self-reported exceedances of its National
Pollutant Discharge Elimination System Permit limit on biological oxygen demand
("BOD") for four consecutive months (June 1998 through September 1998). Company
representatives presented an action plan to MDEP that the Company believes will
prevent future exceedances of its BOD limits. MDEP proposed that the Company
enter into an Administrative Consent Order With Penalty that would detail the
corrective actions to be taken, a timeline for implementation and stipulated
penalties for any future, as well as past, violations. MDEP has proposed a total
penalty of $15,000 for past exceedances of the BOD limits. The Company does not
believe that the cost of any corrective action or the amount of any
administrative penalties will have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business or financial condition.
 
     Certain of the Company's facilities comprising the Lee mills and the
Spotswood mill were subject to Title V of the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990
and were, therefore, required to apply for Operating Permits under that title.
The Columbia mill and the Niagara mill (portions of the Lee mills) received
final Title V Operating Permits on April 21, 1998 and May 4, 1998, respectively.
On February 4, 1999, the Spotswood mill filed an amended Operating Permit
Application in response to NJDEP's Notice of Administrative Incompleteness
issued to the mill. No material capital expenditures or operating expenses are
expected to be incurred by the U.S. business as a result of this permitting
process.
 
     The Company's U.S. operations were not impacted by the first phase of the
revised Cluster Rules. Subsequent phases of the Cluster Rules could impact the
Company's U.S. facilities; however, the potential impact cannot be estimated
until after the EPA proposes applicable requirements, if any.
 
     The Company incurs spending necessary to meet legal requirements and
otherwise relating to the protection of the environment at the Company's
facilities in the United States, France, Brazil and Canada. For these purposes,
the Company incurred total capital expenditures of $1.7 million in 1998, and
anticipates that it will incur approximately $2 to $4 million annually in 1999
and 2000. The major projects included in these estimates include upgrading
wastewater treatment facilities at various locations and installation of ink
solvent treatment equipment in France. The foregoing capital expenditures are
not expected to reduce the Company's ability to invest in capacity expansion,
quality improvements, capital replacements, productivity improvements, or cost
containment projects, and are not expected to have a material adverse effect on
the Company's financial condition or results of operations.
 
                                       14
<PAGE>   15
 
ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
 
     No matters were submitted to a vote of the Company's stockholders during
the fourth quarter of 1998.
 
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
 
     The names and ages of the executive officers of the Company as of February
25, 1999, together with certain biographical information, are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                       NAME                                       POSITION
                       ----                                       --------
<S>                                                 <C>
Wayne H. Deitrich.................................  Chief Executive Officer
Jean-Pierre Le Hetet..............................  Chief Operating Officer and
                                                    President - French Operations
Peter J. Thompson.................................  President - U.S. Operations
Luiz Jose de Saboia e Silva.......................  President - Brazilian Operations
Paul C. Roberts...................................  Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
William J. Sharkey................................  General Counsel and Secretary
Wayne L. Grunewald................................  Controller
</TABLE>
 
     MR. WAYNE H. DEITRICH, 55, has served as Chief Executive Officer of the
Company since August 1995 and was elected Chairman of the Board of Directors
immediately after the Distribution. From June 1995 through August 1995, Mr.
Deitrich served as President - Specialty Products Sector of Kimberly-Clark. From
1993 through May 1995, Mr. Deitrich was the President - Paper and Specialty
Products Sector of Kimberly-Clark, and from 1992 to 1993, he was
President - Paper Sector of Kimberly-Clark. From 1988 through 1992, Mr. Deitrich
served as the President of Neenah Paper, a business unit of Kimberly-Clark.
 
     MR. JEAN-PIERRE LE HETET, 55, has served as Chief Operating Officer of the
Company since April 1998 in addition to having served as President - French
Operations of the Company since August 1995. Mr. Le Hetet was elected to the
Board of Directors immediately after the Distribution. From 1991 through August
1995, Mr. Le Hetet was the President of Specialty Products, France, a business
unit of Kimberly-Clark. Prior to that time, Mr. Le Hetet served as General
Manager of Specialty Products, France.
 
     MR. PETER J. THOMPSON, 36, has served as President - U.S. Operations of the
Company since November 1998. From April 1998 through November 1998, Mr. Thompson
was Director - Sales and Marketing for the U.S. Operations of the Company. Mr.
Thompson joined the Company in January 1997 as a Marketing Manager in the U.S.
Operations. Prior to joining the Company, he was employed by Tape, Inc. from May
1995 through January 1997, where he held several senior management positions in
marketing, sales and finance. Mr. Thompson was employed by Kimberly-Clark from
June 1984 through May 1995 in a variety of financial positions.
 
     MR. LUIZ JOSE DE SABOIA E SILVA, 56, has served as President - Brazilian
Operations of the Company since February 2, 1998, the date of the closing of the
Pirahy acquisition. He served as a consultant to the Company effective January
1, 1998 through the closing date. Prior to January 1, 1998, but subsequent to
his retirement from Souza Cruz in March 1995, Mr. Saboia worked on various
production consultant projects with BAT. Before his retirement from Souza Cruz,
Mr. Saboia had served as Industrial Director of Souza Cruz from 1991 to 1995,
President - Cigarette Division of Souza Cruz from 1987 to 1991, Production
Director of Souza Cruz from 1983 to 1987 and Production Director - BAT - Spain
from 1980 to 1983.
 
     MR. PAUL C. ROBERTS, 50, has served as Chief Financial Officer and
Treasurer of the Company since August 1995. From June 1995 through August 1995,
he served as Chief Financial Officer - Specialty Products Sector of
Kimberly-Clark. From January 1995 through May 1995, he was Director - Corporate
Strategic Analysis of Kimberly-Clark, and from 1988 through 1994, Mr. Roberts
was Director - Operations Analysis and Control, Pulp and Paper Sector of
Kimberly-Clark.
 
     MR. WILLIAM J. SHARKEY, 67, has served as General Counsel and Secretary of
the Company since August 1995. Prior to that time, Mr. Sharkey was Senior
Counsel for Kimberly-Clark.
 
     MR. WAYNE L. GRUNEWALD, 47, has served as Controller of the Company since
August 1995. From July 1995 through August 1995, he served as
Controller - Specialty Products Sector of Kimberly-Clark. From December 1989
through June 1995, he was Controller - U.S. Pulp and Newsprint, a business unit
of Kimberly-Clark.
 
                                       15
<PAGE>   16
 
                                    PART II
 
ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON STOCK AND RELATED
         STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
 
PRINCIPAL MARKET
 
     Since the Distribution of the Company's Common Stock by Kimberly-Clark on
November 30, 1995, the Common Stock has been listed on the New York Stock
Exchange under the trading symbol "SWM".
 
APPROXIMATE NUMBER OF HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK
 
     As of February 25, 1999, there were 7,492 stockholders of record of the
Company's Common Stock. This number does not include shares held in "nominee" or
"street" name.
 
STOCK PRICE AND DIVIDEND INFORMATION
 
     The dividend and market price data included in Note 15 to Consolidated
Financial Statements contained in "FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA"
appearing in Part II, Item 8 herein is incorporated in this Item 5 by reference.
 
                                       16
<PAGE>   17
 
ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
     The following selected financial data are qualified in their entirety by
reference to, and should be read in conjunction with, the Consolidated Financial
Statements of the Company and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this
Annual Report. The financial statement data as of and for the years ended
December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996 and the balance sheet data as of December 31,
1995 are on a consolidated basis. The income statement data for the year ended
December 31, 1995 has been derived from historical combined financial statements
for the eleven months ended November 30, 1995, and the consolidated results of
the Company for the one month ended December 31, 1995, which have been audited
by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors. The financial statement data as
of and for the year ended December 31, 1994 has been derived from historical
combined financial statements audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP. The historical
combined financial statements of SWM and its predecessors for 1995 and 1994 do
not reflect the results of operations or financial position that would have been
obtained had SWM been a separate, independent company and are not indicative of
SWM's future performance as a separate, independent company.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                        -----------------------------------------------
                                                         1998      1997      1996      1995      1994
                                                        -------   -------   -------   -------   -------
                                                        (U.S. $ IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                                                     <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
  Net Sales...........................................  $546.7    $460.6    $471.3    $462.9    $404.2
  Gross Profit........................................   106.1     121.9     114.2     101.2      92.1
  Operating Profit....................................    59.1      81.9      74.0      58.7      58.7
  Interest income from affiliates, net(1).............      --        --        --       3.3       5.1
  Net Income..........................................    31.0      45.3      38.7      36.8      35.1
  Net Income Per Share:
     Basic............................................  $ 1.94    $ 2.82    $ 2.41
     Diluted..........................................  $ 1.92    $ 2.77    $ 2.38
  Unaudited Pro Forma Basic and Diluted
     Net Income Per Share(2)..........................                                $ 1.81    $ 1.66
  Cash Dividends Declared and Paid Per Share..........  $  .60    $  .60    $  .45
CASH FLOW AND BALANCE SHEET DATA:
  Capital Spending....................................  $ 36.7    $ 35.8    $ 51.5    $ 22.5    $ 16.8
  Depreciation and amortization.......................    24.8      14.4      13.4      13.4      11.7
  Cash Provided By Operations.........................    67.1      67.3      90.4      64.9      53.7
  Receivables from affiliated companies(1)(3).........      --        --        --        --     210.1
  Payables to affiliated companies(1).................      --        --        --        --     157.9
  Total Assets(3).....................................   474.7     391.0     380.6     347.0     527.3
  Long-Term Debt(3)...................................   108.4      80.8      86.6      91.6      13.4
  Equity(3)...........................................   197.0     179.5     156.0     129.9     245.1
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
(1) Prior to the Distribution, SMF acted as the financing entity in connection
    with the Kimberly-Clark European cash management program. Receivables and
    payables with affiliates and related interest income and expense with
    affiliates reflect financing activities related to other operations of
    Kimberly-Clark and certain of its affiliates until November 30, 1995, the
    date of the Distribution, at which time the Company became a separate
    independent company.
(2) Pro forma net income per share is presented based on data prepared under
    assumptions as to the effects on the Company's financial statements of
    certain intercompany, equity and operating transactions related to the
    Distribution as though those transactions occurred at the beginning of the
    periods presented. The pro forma financial data is unaudited, is presented
    for informational purposes only and does not reflect the future earnings or
    results of operations of the Company or what the earnings or results of
    operations of the Company would have been had the Businesses been operated
    as a separate, independent company for the periods prior to the
    Distribution. Pro forma net income per share has been computed based on the
    assumption that pro forma average shares outstanding for all periods prior
    to the Distribution Date were the actual number of shares issued and
    distributed in the Distribution.
(3) During 1995, the stockholders of SMF approved the conversion of $65.0
    million of receivables due from an affiliated company to an equity
    investment. Such affiliated company was merged with another Kimberly-Clark
    wholly-owned subsidiary unrelated to the Businesses, and the shares of the
    merged entity were distributed to Kimberly-Clark prior to the Distribution.
    This transaction reduced receivables from affiliated companies and equity.
    Additionally, various payments were made to, and debt assumed from,
    Kimberly-Clark in connection with the Distribution, totaling $89.2 million,
    that also reduced the amount of total assets and equity.
 
                                       17
<PAGE>   18
 
ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
         OF OPERATIONS
 
CERTAIN BACKGROUND INFORMATION
 
     Schweitzer-Mauduit International, Inc. was incorporated on August 21, 1995
as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Kimberly-Clark Corporation for the purpose of
effectuating the tax-free spin-off of Kimberly-Clark's U.S., French and Canadian
business operations that manufacture and sell tobacco-related papers and other
specialty paper products. Through the November 30, 1995 Distribution date, the
Businesses in the U.S. and Canada were conducted as operating divisions of
Kimberly-Clark and one of its Canadian subsidiaries, respectively. The
Businesses in France were conducted by LTRI, a 72 percent-owned subsidiary of
Kimberly-Clark, and two indirect wholly-owned Kimberly-Clark subsidiaries, PdM
and PdMal. These latter two companies are owned by SMF, which prior to the
Distribution was a wholly-owned subsidiary of Kimberly-Clark.
 
     On February 2, 1998, SM-Spain, a wholly-owned Spanish holding company
established in 1997, acquired Pirahy, a Brazilian specialty paper manufacturer.
On February 11, 1998, SM-Enterprises, a second-tier French subsidiary of the
Company, acquired a French business named Ingefico, S.A. and its pulp and
specialty paper manufacturing subsidiaries.
 
     Management believes that the following commentary and tables appropriately
discuss and analyze the comparative results of operations and the financial
condition of the Company for the periods covered.
 
OVERVIEW
 
     The Company operates principally in the tobacco industry, manufacturing and
selling papers used in the manufacturing of cigarettes, paper products used in
cigarette packaging and reconstituted tobacco products. The Company's
non-tobacco industry products represented ten percent of the Company's net sales
in 1998. The non-tobacco industry products are a diverse mix of products,
certain of which represent commodity paper grades produced to maximize machine
operations.
 
     The Company is operated and managed based on the geographical location of
its manufacturing operations: the U.S., France and Brazil. While the products
are comparable in each segment, they vary based on the technological
capabilities of each of the manufacturing operations and the respective markets
and customers served. Sales by a segment into markets primarily served by a
different segment occur where specific product needs cannot be cost effectively
met by the manufacturing operations in that segment.
 
     For purposes of the segment disclosure in the following tables, the term
"United States" includes operations in the U.S. and Canada. The Canadian
operations only produce flax fiber used as raw material in the U.S. operations.
The Company's Brazilian operations, acquired on February 2, 1998, and the
operations of the French business acquired on February 11, 1998, are included in
the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements since the beginning of February
1998.
 
     Adjustments to net sales set forth in the following tables consist of
eliminations of intercompany sales of products between segments. Adjustments to
operating profit consist of unallocated overhead expenses not associated with a
segment and eliminations of inter-segment transactions.
 
     This section should be read in conjunction with the Company's Consolidated
Financial Statements included herein.
 
                                       18
<PAGE>   19
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
1998 Compared to 1997
 
           By Segment for the Years Ended December 31, 1998 and 1997
                              (U.S. $ in millions)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 % OF CONSOLIDATED
                                                                     % CHANGE    ------------------
NET SALES                                         1998      1997     VS. 1997     1998       1997
- ---------                                        ------    ------    --------    -------    -------
<S>                                              <C>       <C>       <C>         <C>        <C>
United States................................    $186.0    $195.5      -4.9%       34.0%      42.4%
France.......................................     312.0     268.8     +16.1        57.1       58.4
Brazil.......................................      57.9      N.A.                  10.6
Eliminations.................................      (9.2)     (3.7)                 (1.7)      (0.8)
                                                 ------    ------                 -----      -----
          Consolidated.......................    $546.7    $460.6     +18.7%      100.0%     100.0%
                                                 ======    ======                 =====      =====
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          % RETURN
                                                                  % OF CONSOLIDATED       ON SALES
                                                      % CHANGE    ------------------    ------------
OPERATING PROFIT                    1998     1997     VS. 1997     1998       1997      1998    1997
- ----------------                    -----    -----    --------    -------    -------    ----    ----
<S>                                 <C>      <C>      <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>     <C>
United States.....................  $ 6.2    $21.2     -70.8%       10.5%      25.9%     3.3%   10.8%
France............................   60.3     66.4      -9.2       102.0       81.1     19.3    24.7
Brazil............................   (2.3)    N.A.                  (3.9)               (4.0)
Unallocated/Eliminations..........   (5.1)    (5.7)                 (8.6)      (7.0)
                                    -----    -----                 -----      -----
          Consolidated............  $59.1    $81.9     -27.8%      100.0%     100.0%    10.8%   17.8%
                                    =====    =====                 =====      =====
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
N.A. -- Not applicable
 
  Net Sales
 
     Net sales increased by $86.1 million due primarily to sales at the two
newly-acquired companies, whose results are included in the Company's
consolidated results beginning in February 1998, and stronger sales volumes in
France. Net sales of the newly-acquired companies contributed $90.9 million in
the period. Excluding the acquisitions, worldwide sales volumes increased by
three percent, favorably affecting net sales by $11.7 million. Sales volumes
from the French businesses grew by nine percent, excluding the French
acquisition. Although unit sales volumes at the French paper operations
increased during the year, excluding the French acquisition, sales volumes over
the second half of the year for those operations were lower compared with the
prior year period. This second semester decline in French paper unit sales was
primarily due to reduced shipments to China, Russia and southeast Asia because
of import controls, currency convertibility and decreased demand as a result of
economic conditions in those countries. RTL volumes in France improved versus
the prior year, supported in part by production from the U.S. business unit's
RTL operation at its Spotswood mill, which ceased operation in the fourth
quarter of 1998. Sales volumes at the U.S. business unit, excluding its RTL
production for the French business, declined by a total of six percent due to
reduced domestic cigarette production by the Company's customers. Changes in
average world-wide selling prices and sales mix had an unfavorable effect of
$10.2 million. The net sales comparison was unfavorably affected by $6.3 million
from changes in currency exchange rates, primarily related to a strengthened
U.S. dollar versus the French franc.
 
  Operating Profit
 
     Operating profit decreased by $22.8 million, with lower operating profit in
the U.S. and France and an operating loss in Brazil. Operating profit in 1998
included pre-tax charges of $1.7 million and $4.2 million in the second and
fourth quarters, respectively. The second quarter 1998 charge was for a
voluntary retirement program in connection with an agreement with the labor
union at the Company's Spotswood mill to modify work rules and eliminate 67
hourly positions. The fourth quarter 1998 pre-tax charge consisted of non-cash
write-downs of assets related primarily to idled equipment that is no longer
expected to be used due to
 
                                       19
<PAGE>   20
 
changed market conditions and one-time labor payments, the majority of which
related to operational changes in Brazil. Additionally, production downtime was
taken in the U.S., France and Brazil to control inventory levels.
 
     The U.S. business unit's operating profit declined by $15.0 million
primarily as a result of the one-time charges, lower sales and production
volumes, increased computer systems expenses, unfavorable sales mix and lower
selling prices. Amortization of capitalized software costs related to the new
integrated computer systems in the U.S. and associated incremental operating
expenses began in January 1998 and totaled $3.6 million for the year.
Additionally, start-up costs of $1.2 million were incurred in the first quarter
related to the new U.S. computer systems.
 
     In France, operating profit declined by $6.1 million as a result of its
portion of the fourth quarter one-time charge, machine downtime at its paper
operations to control inventory levels, unfavorable changes in average selling
prices and sales mix, higher cost of RTL manufactured at and shipped from the
Spotswood mill and changes in currency exchange rates, partially offset by
higher sales volumes. Changes in currency exchange rates had an unfavorable
impact of approximately $1.1 million.
 
     The Brazilian operations had an operating loss of $2.3 million for the year
primarily because of unfavorable second quarter results and the one-time labor
payments.
 
     Non-manufacturing expenses increased by $7.0 million solely caused by
expenses at the two acquired companies. Excluding expenses of the acquired
companies, non-manufacturing expenses were the same as the prior year. Per ton
wood pulp cost decreases compared with the prior year favorably impacted
operating profit by $2.8 million, although this benefit was offset by changes in
selling prices.
 
1997 Compared to 1996
 
           By Segment for the Years Ended December 31, 1997 and 1996
                              (U.S. $ in millions)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 % OF CONSOLIDATED
                                                                      % CHANGE   ------------------
NET SALES                                            1997     1996    VS. 1996    1997       1996
- ---------                                           ------   ------   --------   -------    -------
<S>                                                 <C>      <C>      <C>        <C>        <C>
United States.....................................  $195.5   $212.3     -7.9%      42.4%      45.0%
France............................................   268.8    263.5     +2.0       58.4       55.9
Eliminations......................................    (3.7)    (4.5)               (0.8)      (0.9)
                                                    ------   ------               -----      -----
          Consolidated............................  $460.6   $471.3     -2.3%     100.0%     100.0%
                                                    ======   ======               =====      =====
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          % RETURN
                                                                   % OF CONSOLIDATED      ON SALES
                                                       % CHANGE    ------------------    -----------
OPERATING PROFIT                       1997    1996    VS. 1996     1997       1996      1997   1996
- ----------------                       -----   -----   --------    -------    -------    ----   ----
<S>                                    <C>     <C>     <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>    <C>
United States........................  $21.2   $23.7    -10.5%       25.9%      32.0%    10.8%  11.2%
France...............................   66.4    55.5    +19.6        81.1       75.0     24.7   21.1
Unallocated/Eliminations.............   (5.7)   (5.2)                (7.0)      (7.0)
                                       -----   -----                -----      -----
          Consolidated...............  $81.9   $74.0    +10.7%      100.0%     100.0%    17.8%  15.7%
                                       =====   =====                =====      =====
</TABLE>
 
  Net Sales
 
     Net sales decreased by $10.7 million due primarily to unfavorable changes
in currency exchange rates, which decreased net sales by $26.4 million. The
Company's U.S. business exited the U.S. RTL product line in early 1996, which
resulted in an unfavorable effect of $2.9 million on the net sales comparison
versus 1997. Without these two unfavorable effects, net sales in 1997 would have
increased by $18.6 million or four percent. Worldwide sales volumes increased by
three percent, adding $8.7 million to net sales. Excluding RTL volumes in the
U.S. in the first quarter of 1996, worldwide sales volumes increased by four
percent. Sales volumes increased in every major product line in France, with
total volumes from the French businesses up 14 percent for the year. Excluding
RTL volumes in the U.S. in the first quarter of 1996, sales volumes declined at
the
 
                                       20
<PAGE>   21
 
U.S. business unit by eight percent primarily as a result of lower domestic
shipments, relating to a reduction in the export of cigarettes by U.S. cigarette
manufacturers and changes in the Company's internal sourcing of selected
customers from the U.S. to France. Changes in average worldwide selling prices
and sales mix had a favorable effect of $7.0 million for the year. Average
selling prices increased in the U.S. compared to the prior year as a result of
an improved mix of products, offsetting contractual price reductions related to
a decline in the per ton cost of wood pulp. Average worldwide selling prices
increased in France compared to the prior year because of an improved mix of
products, offsetting slight price decreases on certain products.
 
  Operating Profit
 
     Operating profit improved by $7.9 million for 1997 compared to 1996. The
improvement was primarily a result of the increased French sales volumes,
improved sales mix, better mill operations and a decline in per ton wood pulp
costs. Decreases in per ton wood pulp costs favorably impacted operating profit
by $4.2 million compared to the prior year, although this benefit was offset by
changes in selling prices. Non-manufacturing expenses were $0.2 million less
than in 1996.
 
     The above favorable effects for the year were partially offset by lower
U.S. sales volumes, higher U.S. manufacturing costs in 1997 and changes in
currency exchange rates. During the fourth quarter of 1997, U.S. operating
profit decreased by approximately $1.8 million from reduced operating schedules
to reduce inventories. In addition, $0.7 million in start-up costs were incurred
during the fourth quarter of 1997 to restart operation of the U.S. RTL
production line in support of increased French sales volumes. Changes in
currency exchange rates had an unfavorable impact of $2.4 million on the
operating profit change.
 
NON-OPERATING EXPENSES
 
     The increase in interest expense in 1998 compared to 1997 was primarily a
result of increased debt related to acquisitions in Brazil and France in
February 1998 and higher interest rates. Interest expense in 1997 and 1996 was
primarily associated with debt incurred in connection with the Distribution (see
"Liquidity and Capital Resources"). The decline in interest expense in 1997 as
compared to 1996 was primarily due to lower interest rates, currency translation
rate changes and a lower average amount of debt outstanding. The weighted
average effective interest rate on the Company's term loans was approximately
5.1 percent in 1998, 4.7 percent in 1997 and 5.2 percent in 1996. Other income,
net in 1998, 1997 and 1996 consisted primarily of interest income from
investment of cash generated by operations of the Company and royalty income.
 
INCOME TAXES
 
     The noncurrent deferred income tax asset is primarily due to net operating
loss carryforwards ("NOLs") incurred through December 31, 1994 by other
businesses of Kimberly-Clark in France previously owned by SMF. Prior to the
spin-off, those other Kimberly-Clark businesses were merged and distributed to
Kimberly-Clark. Under French tax law, the NOLs of those other businesses were
retained by SMF. The SMF consolidated tax group in France has not paid income
taxes, except nominal amounts of minimum required income taxes, in the periods
presented in the financial statements and is not expected to pay normal income
taxes until the NOLs have been fully utilized. Additionally, the noncurrent
deferred income tax asset as of December 31, 1998 includes amounts related to
NOLs of SWM-B, some of which were obtained in the acquisition of this Brazilian
business. Additional information concerning these NOLs is disclosed in Note 6 to
the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
     The effective income tax rates for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997
and 1996 were 32.1 percent, 36.0 percent and 37.2 percent, respectively.
 
     The provision for income taxes in 1998 included the benefit of a reduction
in the valuation allowance recorded against certain French deferred income tax
assets arising from NOLs. This adjustment reduced the deferred provision for
income taxes by $5.2 million in the second quarter of 1998. The reduction in the
valuation allowance was recorded because of continued earnings and projected
future earnings at the French businesses that utilize the NOLs, reducing the
uncertainty that these NOLs will be fully utilized in the future.
 
                                       21
<PAGE>   22
 
Excluding the impact of this adjustment, the effective income tax rate for the
year ended December 31, 1998 would have been 41.7 percent.
 
     The provision for income taxes in 1997 was impacted by an increase in the
effective statutory income tax rate enacted in France during November 1997 from
36.67 percent to 41.67 percent for 1997 and 1998, retroactive to January 1,
1997, and to 40.0 percent for 1999. The unfavorable effect on current taxes of
the tax rate increase, including a retroactive adjustment for the eleven-month
period ended November 30, 1997, was offset by the favorable effect on the
deferred provision for income taxes due to the increased value of the tax
benefits to be recognized from the NOLs retained by SMF estimated to be realized
during 1997, 1998 and 1999, the periods of the higher income tax rates. The
impact in 1997 attributable to deferred tax assets, net of liabilities, was a
favorable $2.0 million on the deferred provision for income taxes. Also
impacting the 1997 provision for income taxes was the enactment in France during
December 1997 of a law that eliminated taxation of a "provision for the
fluctuating value of raw materials" that had been included in French deferred
taxes. Cancellation of this deferred tax liability reduced the provision for
income taxes by $2.1 million, which was partially offset by establishment of a
$1.0 million reserve for a previously reported tax claim in France. (See
additional information concerning this tax claim in Note 6 to the Consolidated
Financial Statements.) Including the effect of the change in French income tax
rates on the 1997 current provision for income taxes, but excluding the effect
on the deferred provision for income taxes, and excluding the effect of the
elimination of taxation of a "provision for fluctuating value of raw materials"
and the reserve for the tax claim, the effective 1997 income tax rate would have
been 39.9 percent. The increase from this adjusted 1997 rate of 39.9 percent to
the above-adjusted 41.7 percent 1998 effective income tax rate is due to a
greater proportion of the Company's 1998 earnings being in France which has
higher income tax rates than other countries in which the Company operates.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                              -----------------------
                                                               1998     1997    1996
                                                              ------   ------   -----
                                                                (U.S.$ IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                                           <C>      <C>      <C>
Cash Provided by (Used for):
  Changes in operating working capital......................  $ (1.9)  $(10.8)  $18.5
  Operations................................................    67.1     67.3    90.4
  Capital spending..........................................   (36.7)   (35.8)  (51.5)
  Capitalized software costs................................    (4.0)    (7.6)   (2.7)
</TABLE>
 
     The Company's primary source of liquidity is cash flow from operations,
which is principally obtained through operating earnings. Impacting the cash
flow from operations are changes in operating working capital. In 1998, changes
in operating working capital contributed unfavorably to cash flow by $1.9
million, excluding the acquired working capital balances of the Brazilian and
French businesses acquired in 1998. In 1997, changes in operating working
capital contributed unfavorably to cash flow by $10.8 million due principally to
lower accounts payable. Accounts payable were lower in 1997 compared to 1996 as
a result of payments in early 1997 for several large capital project and
purchased software costs included in accounts payable at December 31, 1996.
During 1997, the cash flow impact of lower accounts receivable, due to the
timing of collections, offset the impact of higher inventory levels. In 1996,
changes in operating working capital contributed favorably to cash flow by $18.5
million primarily due to decreases in inventories as a result of lower inventory
levels and lower per ton wood pulp costs, decreases in accounts receivable due
to the timing of collections, and increases in accounts payable primarily for
several large capital expenditures included in accounts payable at December 31,
1996.
 
     Cash flow from operations during these periods exceeded the level of
capital spending. Capital spending in 1998 included (i) $3.9 million toward the
expansion of converted tipping paper capacity at the Malaucene, France mill,
(ii) $3.0 million toward speed-ups of both RTL machines and replacement of a
yankee dryer hood at the Spay, France mill, (iii) $2.3 million for speed-up of a
paper machine at the Quimperle, France mill, (iv) $1.4 million to modify a paper
machine at the newly-acquired St. Girons mill, (v) $1.2 million toward upgrades
to a paper machine at the Spotswood mill, (vi) $1.0 million to upgrade a coating
machine at
 
                                       22
<PAGE>   23
 
the newly-acquired Pirahy mill, and (vii) $1.0 million toward improvements at
the Quimperle pulping facility. Capital spending in 1997 included (i) $3.6
million to complete the new long fiber paper machine at the Quimperle mill, (ii)
$2.9 million at the Ancram mill toward upgrading the forming section of a long
fiber paper machine, (iii) $2.3 million for equipment necessary to temporarily
restart operation of the RTL production line at the Spotswood mill, (iv) $1.5
million toward an effluent biological treatment station at the Quimperle mill,
(v) $1.0 million to complete upgrading the flax pulping operations at the
Spotswood mill, and (vi) $1.0 million toward a paper machine upgrade project at
the Spotswood mill. Capital spending in 1996 included (i) $18.8 million for the
new long fiber paper machine at the Quimperle mill, (ii) $3.6 million at the
Quimperle mill for a production reorganization project, (iii) $3.4 million to
complete the installation of new high-speed cigarette paper converting equipment
at the Spotswood mill, (iv) $2.7 million toward upgrading the flax pulping
operations at the Spotswood mill, and (v) $2.1 million to furnish the Company's
newly leased corporate and U.S. business unit headquarters and U.S. research
facilities.
 
     In addition to capital spending, the Company incurred, and deferred on the
balance sheet, additional software development costs of $4.0 million in 1998,
related to new integrated information systems in France and the U.S. These
systems replaced the Kimberly-Clark systems formerly used in the U.S.
 
     In February 1998, two acquisitions of tobacco-related paper suppliers were
completed. On February 2, 1998, SM-Spain paid approximately $62.0 million in
cash for 99.97 percent ownership interest in Pirahy. In connection with the
acquisition of Pirahy, the Company modified its existing credit agreement to
provide a $20.0 million term loan to SM-Spain. SM-Spain borrowed the remaining
funds for the transaction from SMF, which in turn utilized its existing cash
balances and borrowings from its revolving credit facilities. Additionally, on
February 11, 1998, SM-Enterprises paid 37.2 million French francs (approximately
$6.1 million) in cash and assumed approximately $5.8 million in existing net
debt for all of the outstanding shares of Ingefico, S.A. and 97.1 percent of the
outstanding shares of its pulp and specialty paper manufacturing subsidiaries,
Groupe SAPAM and Papeteries de la Moulasse S.A. Subsequently, SM-Enterprises
acquired all the remaining shares of Groupe SAPAM for $0.2 million in cash.
 
     In December 1998, the Company announced that the Board of Directors had
authorized the repurchase of shares of the Company's common stock during the
period January 1, 1999 through December 31, 2000 in an amount not to exceed $20
million. The Company repurchased a total of 155,700 shares of its common stock
in the third quarter of 1998 for $3.8 million under a previous program which was
effective through December 31, 1998.
 
     On January 28, 1999, the Company announced that the Board of Directors had
declared a quarterly cash dividend of fifteen cents per share of common stock.
The dividend will be payable on March 8, 1999 to stockholders of record on
February 8, 1999.
 
     The Company's ongoing requirements for cash are expected to consist
principally of amounts required for capital expenditures, stockholder dividends
and working capital. The Company has declared and paid quarterly dividends, each
amounting to $2.4 million ($0.15 per share), since the second quarter of 1996.
Management currently expects to continue this level of quarterly dividend. Other
than expenditures associated with environmental matters (see Note 12 of the
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements), as of December 31, 1998 the Company
had unrecorded outstanding commitments for capital expenditures of approximately
$8.6 million. In addition to capital spending, the Company is incurring software
development costs related to new integrated computer systems that replaced in
the U.S. the formerly used Kimberly-Clark systems beginning January 1998. The
portion of software development costs which were capitalized beginning in 1996
totaled $14.3 million through 1998 and were deferred on the balance sheet until
such systems are placed in service (see Note 3 of the Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements). In the U.S., where the largest portion of the costs
to-date have been incurred, most of the deferred costs began amortizing at the
beginning of 1998 over a period of seven years using the straight-line method.
The Company will continue to incur costs in France in 1999 and 2000 as software
modules are purchased, designed and installed.
 
     As of December 31, 1998, the Company had approximately $26 million still
available under its revolving credit facilities in the U.S. and France, and on
January 29, 1999, the Company renewed these facilities to January 28, 2000. The
Company also has other bank credit facilities available in the U.S., France and
Brazil.
                                       23
<PAGE>   24
 
     The Company believes its cash flow from operations, together with
borrowings still available under its revolving and other credit facilities, will
be sufficient to fund its ongoing cash requirements.
 
NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARD
 
     In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative
Instruments and Hedging Activities", which will require that all derivative
financial instruments be recognized as either assets or liabilities in the
balance sheet. SFAS No. 133 will be effective no later than for the Company's
first quarter of 2000. The Company is evaluating the effects of this new
statement and when to implement the new requirements.
 
OUTLOOK
 
     The difficult market conditions experienced in the second half of 1998 are
continuing. U.S. cigarette consumption is being impacted by adverse publicity
and by increases in the retail selling price of cigarettes. U.S. cigarette
consumption and the export of cigarettes manufactured in the United States
declined in 1998 from prior year levels. Continued lower sales to China, Russia
and southeast Asia are expected for the foreseeable future due to import
controls, currency convertibility and decreased demand. With weakness in demand,
pricing has come under pressure in some markets. The uncertain pricing
environment for the Company's paper products is expected to continue into 1999
due to market conditions and the results of global pricing negotiations with
multi-national cigarette manufacturers.
 
     With weakening demand for the Company's paper products, some production
downtime was taken during the fourth quarter of 1998 in France, the United
States and Brazil to manage inventory levels. The Company entered 1999 with what
management believes is an appropriate level of inventories and expects less
production downtime and improved operations in the first half of 1999 compared
with the fourth quarter of 1998.
 
     Compared with the prior year, the Company's net sales will benefit in the
first quarter of 1999 from sales by companies acquired in Brazil and France in
February of 1998. The Company continues to integrate these acquisitions.
Earnings of the Company's Brazilian operations are expected to improve during
1999. The Company's objective is to achieve at least break-even operating profit
at that business unit. The recent devaluation of the Brazilian real is expected
to have a positive impact on the Company's Brazilian operations since some of
its sales in Brazil are tied to U.S. dollar selling prices. The ultimate impact
the currency devaluation will have on the economy of Brazil remains uncertain.
Changes in both inflation rates and economic growth rates could have a future
impact on the Brazilian business.
 
     Cost savings are expected to continue from recently implemented capital
projects and from various cost savings programs, including the Spotswood mill
restructuring program that was announced in the second quarter of 1998 and the
recent change in the Brazilian operations. With the uncertain market conditions,
the Company is making cost improvement a major priority in each of its business
units.
 
     The per ton cost of wood pulp declined during 1998. The Company does not
expect significant increases or decreases in the per ton cost of wood pulp
during 1999, although per ton wood pulp costs may be somewhat lower during the
first half of the year compared to the levels during the first half of 1998.
 
     The French corporate income tax rate will decline from 41.67 percent in
1998 to 40.0 percent in 1999.
 
     The amortization of capitalized software costs and operating expenses
related to the new integrated computer systems in the U.S. will continue in 1999
at approximately the same level as in 1998. The Company expects to incur $3 to
$4 million of capitalized software costs in 1999, primarily in France, and an
additional $1 to $2 million of capitalized software costs in 2000. Start-up of
the new systems in France will occur in phases, commencing in mid-1999.
 
     The company expects capital spending for 1999 to be approximately $35
million, focused primarily on internal capacity expansion, product quality
improvements and cost reduction opportunities. In the second quarter of 1998,
the Company initiated an expansion of the Malaucene mill, which is expected to
increase the mill's capacity for finished tipping paper by approximately 45
percent and should be completed in the second
 
                                       24
<PAGE>   25
 
half of 1999. Capital spending in 1999 will also include spending for a $9.9
million project authorized to increase reconstituted tobacco leaf ("RTL")
production capacity at the Spay, France mill by approximately 10 percent. With
the authorization of this project, current inventory levels and customer order
patterns, the decision was made to cease production of RTL products at the
Spotswood mill in the fourth quarter of 1998. The Spotswood RTL production line
had been temporarily restarted during the fourth quarter of 1997 to support the
French RTL operation until a plan for adding permanent RTL capacity was
developed.
 
FACTORS THAT MAY AFFECT FUTURE RESULTS
 
     Many factors outside the control of the Company could impact the Company's
results. The following important factors, among others, in some cases have
affected, and in the future could affect, the Company's actual results and could
cause the Company's actual results for 1999 and beyond, to differ materially
from those expressed in any forward-looking statements made by, or on behalf of,
the Company.
 
  Year 2000 Compliance
 
     Historically, many computer systems and other equipment with embedded chips
or processors utilize computer programs written using two digits to represent
the year rather than four digits. These programs may not properly recognize a
year "20XX". As a result, these programs may be unable to accurately process
certain data before, during or after the year 2000 and could result in major
governmental and business systems failures or miscalculations causing
disruptions in operations. This problem is commonly referred to as the "Year
2000" issue.
 
     Because of the numerous information systems, mill process controls and
operating systems, and vendors and service providers that the Company uses, as
well as the Company's many customers and customer locations around the world,
the Company anticipates that there may be some disruption in its business due to
the Year 2000 issue. Due to the interdependent nature of the Company and its
systems with those of so many customers, vendors and service providers, such as
fuel oil suppliers and electric utilities, as well as domestic and foreign
governmental agencies, the Company and its operating subsidiaries are exposed to
many possible systems failures or processing errors. As a result, the Company
and its operating subsidiaries could be materially adversely affected if
utilities, private businesses and governmental agencies with which they do
business or that provide essential materials or services are not Year 2000
compliant. The Company believes that the most reasonably likely worst case
scenarios would be temporary mill closings, delays in the receipt of supplies,
delays in the delivery of its products, delays in collection of amounts due the
Company, delays in payment of amounts owed by the Company to others, and delays
in receipt of needed services. As a consequence of one or more of these
scenarios, the Company's results of operations could be materially adversely
impacted by a temporary inability to conduct its business in the ordinary course
for some period of time. However, the Company believes that its plans, including
its contingency planning discussed below should minimize the adverse effect of
any such business disruptions if they should occur.
 
     Each of the Company's business segments has inventoried its business
operations, assessed its susceptibility to system failures or processing errors
as a result of Year 2000 issues and developed a plan to address those issues,
focusing on three elements: information systems software and hardware, mill
process controls and operating systems, and vendors and service providers. Each
element is being subdivided according to risk potential of high, medium and low.
High risk is defined as being critical to uninterrupted operation of the
business. Medium risk is defined as being necessary to support the business but
temporary work-arounds can be accomplished. Low risk is defined as being minor
inconveniences that should not impact the Company's business. Those issues which
are considered most critical to continuing operations are being given the
highest priority.
 
     On January 1, 1998, the Company's U.S. operations, including the research
and headquarters areas, began utilizing new integrated information systems to
replace the Kimberly-Clark systems formerly used in the U.S. A benefit of the
new systems is that they are expected to provide Year 2000 compliance in the
area of information systems. In the U.S., mill process controls and operating
systems have been reviewed for nearly 3,000 pieces of equipment and systems.
Only six high risk equipment or systems issues have been identified.
 
                                       25
<PAGE>   26
 
For these issues, modification requirements and a schedule for compliance have
been developed with the applicable equipment and systems vendors. Such
corrective action is expected to be completed during the third quarter of 1999.
 
     The Company's French businesses have inventoried and evaluated all their
information systems. Approximately one-fourth of these information systems are
believed to be Year 2000 compliant. Upon implementation in mid-1999 of certain
new integrated computer systems in France, substantially all of the French
businesses' information systems are expected to be Year 2000 compliant. Less
than three percent of the approximately 2,000 pieces of mill process control
equipment and operating systems will require modification or replacement.
Adequate progress has occurred to-date, with several modifications and
replacements already completed. Such corrective action is expected to be
completed by the end of the second quarter of 1999.
 
     The Company's Brazilian business has inventoried and evaluated all of its
information systems. Nine of its systems will require modifications to become
Year 2000 compliant. Upgrades for all nine systems have been developed and are
expected to be implemented by the end of the second quarter of 1999. Of its mill
process control equipment and operating systems, ten will require modification
and upgrades for these systems have been developed. The required modifications
for nine of the ten systems have already been implemented, and the required
modifications for the remaining system are expected to be implemented by the end
of the second quarter of 1999.
 
     Inquiries have been mailed to vendors and service providers for the
Company's U.S., French and Brazilian operations as to the status of their Year
2000 compliance. Thus far, approximately one-half have responded. Second
requests have been sent to those vendors and service providers that had not yet
responded to the first inquiry and to those whose responses were incomplete or
inadequate. Critical vendors and suppliers are being contacted either by phone
or in person to review the status of their Year 2000 compliance plans.
 
     Coincident with the actions described above, the Company and its operating
subsidiaries are developing and evaluating contingency plans to further mitigate
the effects of possible disruptions that may occur and are developing and
evaluating related cost estimates for such plans. All of the Company's
operations are assessing the need for alternative supply arrangements and
increased inventory levels of raw materials, supplies and finished goods, as
well as other possible measures based on the responses from vendors and service
providers. Contingency plans will be developed to try to reasonably ensure that
operations are not interrupted and unexpected costs are minimized. However,
there can be no assurances that all possible negative consequences can be
identified and avoided. The Company presently plans to address each of its
systems which are critical to its operations by the end of the second quarter of
1999.
 
     The Company currently estimates that the total cost of implementing its
Year 2000 compliance plans will be in the range of $1 to $2 million,
substantially all to be incurred in 1999, excluding the costs of the new
integrated computer systems. Approximately two-thirds of this amount is expected
to be expensed and one-third included in capital projects. These preliminary
estimates are subject to change, since they are based on presently available
information, and will be updated as the Company continues its assessments,
proceeds with implementation of modifications and replacements necessary to
become compliant, receives further feedback from vendors and service providers
and formulates reasonable and necessary contingency plans.
 
  Euro Currency Conversion
 
     On January 1, 1999, eleven of the fifteen member countries of the European
Union established fixed conversion rates between their existing currencies
("legal currencies") and one common currency -- the euro. The euro now trades on
currency exchanges and may be used in business transactions. Beginning in
January 2002, new euro-denominated bills and coins will be issued, and legal
currencies will be withdrawn from circulation. The Company established a
committee to identify and implement changes necessary to address the systems and
business issues raised by the euro currency conversion. These issues include,
among others, the need to adapt computer and other business systems and
equipment to accommodate euro-denominated transactions, competitive implications
of increased price transparency within European Union countries, changes in
currency exchange costs and rate exposures, continuity of contracts that require
payment in a legal
                                       26
<PAGE>   27
 
currency, and tax implications of the conversion. The Company's French
subsidiaries currently utilize multi-currency software that was capable of
euro-denominated sales and purchase transactions on January 1, 1999.
Consideration has also been given to other potential issues in connection with
the conversion, including those mentioned above. The Company does not anticipate
any significant negative consequences of these issues and does not anticipate
that the euro conversion will have a material adverse impact on its financial
condition or results of operations.
 
  International Business Risks
 
     The Company's international operations are subject to international
business risks, including unsettled political and economic conditions,
expropriation, import and export controls and restrictions, exchange controls,
inflationary economies, currency risks and risks related to the restrictions of
repatriation of earnings or proceeds from liquidated assets of foreign
subsidiaries.
 
  Tax and Repatriation Matters
 
     The Company is subject to income tax laws in each of the countries in which
it does business through wholly-owned subsidiaries and through affiliates. The
Company makes a comprehensive review of the income tax requirements of each of
its operations, files appropriate returns and makes appropriate income tax
planning analyses directed toward the minimization of its income tax obligations
in these countries. Appropriate income tax provisions are determined on an
individual subsidiary level and at the corporate level on both an interim and
annual basis. These processes are followed using an appropriate combination of
internal staff at both the subsidiary and corporate levels as well as
independent outside advisors in review of the various tax laws and in compliance
reporting for the various operations.
 
     Dividend distributions are regularly made to the U.S. from certain foreign
subsidiaries and are appropriately considered in the provision for U.S. income
taxes. The Company intends for the undistributed earnings of certain other
foreign subsidiaries to be reinvested indefinitely. These undistributed earnings
are not subject to either additional foreign income taxes or U.S. income taxes
unless remitted as dividends. Accordingly, no provision has been made for U.S.
taxes on those earnings. The Company regularly reviews the status of the
accumulated earnings of each of its foreign subsidiaries and reevaluates the
aforementioned dividend policy as part of its overall financing plans.
 
  Hedging Activities and Foreign Currency Exchange Risks
 
     Management selectively hedges the Company's foreign currency risks, as well
as its exposure to interest rate increases on its variable rate long-term debt,
when it is practical and cost effective to do so. The instruments used to hedge
foreign currency risks are forward contracts and, to a lesser extent, option
contracts. The Company utilizes various forms of interest rate hedge agreements,
including interest rate swap agreements and forward rate agreements. These
instruments are purchased from well-known money center banks, insurance
companies or government agencies (counterparties). Usually, the contracts extend
for no more than 12 months, although their contractual term has been as long as
18 months. Management believes that credit risks with respect to the
counterparties and the foreign currency risks that would not be hedged, were the
counterparties to fail to fulfill their obligations under the contracts, are
minimal in view of the financial strength of the counterparties.
 
     In addition to the effect of changes in currency exchange rates on
operating profit, foreign currency gains and losses have arisen from the
remeasurement of non-local currency denominated monetary assets and liabilities
into the currency of the country in which the operation is domiciled. These
gains and losses, related primarily to trade receivable and payable balances,
are included in other income, net.
 
     Additional information concerning foreign currency related matters is
disclosed in Note 9 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
                                       27
<PAGE>   28
 
  Inflation
 
     In recent years, inflation has not had a significant impact on the
Company's cost structure.
 
  Effect of Changing Pulp Costs
 
     Per ton pulp costs tend to be cyclical in nature and are a large component
of product costs. The Company consumed approximately 112,000 metric tons of wood
pulp in 1998, including requirements of the newly-acquired companies, and 71,000
and 65,000 metric tons of wood pulp in 1997 and 1996, respectively. During the
period from January 1996 through December 1998, the U.S. list price of the
primary pulp grade used by the Company, northern bleached softwood kraft pulp,
ranged from a low of $500 per metric ton to a high of $860 per metric ton.
Generally, over time, the Company has been able to increase its selling prices
in response to increased per ton pulp costs and has generally reduced them when
pulp costs have significantly declined. The Company may or may not be able to
fully recover future pulp cost increases, or fully retain future pulp cost
decreases, in its sales pricing structure.
 
  Seasonality
 
     Sales of the Company's products are not subject to seasonal fluctuations,
except in the U.S. and Brazil. In the U.S., customer shutdowns typically occur
in July and December and typically have resulted in reduced net sales and
operating profit during those two months. Additionally, the U.S. mills shut down
equipment to perform additional maintenance during these months, resulting in
higher product costs and reduced operating profit. In Brazil, customer orders
are typically lower in December due to a holiday season through much of January
and February.
 
  Environmental Matters
 
     The Company is subject to federal, state, local and foreign environmental
protection laws and regulations with respect to the environmental impact of air,
water and other emissions from its mills as well as its disposal of solid waste
generated by its operations. The Company believes it is operating in compliance
with, or is taking action aimed at ensuring compliance with, such laws and
regulations. While the Company has incurred in the past several years, and will
continue to incur, capital and operating expenditures in order to comply with
these laws and regulations, these costs are not expected to materially affect
the Company's business or results of operations. The Company, or its
predecessor, has been named as a potentially responsible party at several waste
disposal sites, none of which, individually, or in the aggregate, in
management's opinion, is likely to have a material adverse effect on the
Company's financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. However,
there can be no assurance that such an effect will not occur at some future
time. Additional information concerning environmental matters is disclosed in
Note 12 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements and in Part I, Item 3
"LEGAL PROCEEDINGS" herein.
 
  Legal Proceedings
 
     Information concerning legal proceedings is disclosed in Note 11 of the
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements and in Part I, Item 3 "LEGAL
PROCEEDINGS" herein. In addition, the Company is involved in legal actions and
claims arising in the ordinary course of business. Litigation is subject to many
uncertainties and, while it is not possible to predict the outcome of the
litigation pending against the Company and its subsidiaries, management believes
that such actions and claims will be resolved without a material adverse effect
on the Company's financial statements.
 
  Reliance on Significant Customers
 
     Most of the Company's customers are manufacturers of tobacco products
located in approximately 90 countries around the world. Two such customers have
accounted for a significant portion of the Company's net sales in each of the
last several years, and the loss of one or both such customers, or a significant
reduction in one or both of these customers' purchases, could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's results of operations. See Note 14 of the Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements.
                                       28
<PAGE>   29
 
  Tobacco Products and Governmental Actions
 
     In recent years, governmental entities, particularly in the U.S., have
taken or have proposed actions that may have the effect of reducing consumption
of tobacco products. Reports and speculation with respect to the alleged harmful
physical effects of cigarette smoking and use of tobacco products have been
publicized for many years and, together with actions to restrict or prohibit
advertising and promotion of cigarettes or other tobacco products and to
increase taxes on such products, are intended to discourage the consumption of
cigarettes and other such products. In the fourth quarter of 1998, the major
U.S. cigarette manufacturers reached agreement with all 50 U.S. states and
several commonwealths and territories to settle health care cost recovery and
other claims. In anticipation of these settlements and as a direct result of
these settlements, most of the U.S. cigarette manufacturers have increased
prices of cigarettes significantly over the course of the last approximately 18
months. Domestic cigarette consumption has declined, in part due to these price
increases which, in turn, decreases demand for the Company's products. In
addition, litigation is pending against the major manufacturers of consumer
tobacco products seeking damages for health problems allegedly resulting from
the use of tobacco in various forms. It is not possible to predict the outcome
of such litigation or what effect adverse developments in pending or future
litigation may have on the tobacco industry. Nor is it possible to predict what
additional legislation or regulations relating to tobacco products will be
enacted, or to what extent, if any, such legislation or regulations might affect
the consumer tobacco products industry in general.
 
     Approximately 90 percent of the Company's net sales are from products used
by the tobacco industry in the making and packaging of cigarettes or other
tobacco products. Management is unable to predict the effects that the
above-described legal and governmental actions might have on the Company's
results of operations and financial condition.
 
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
     Certain sections of this report, particularly the foregoing discussion
regarding the "Outlook" of the Company and "Factors That May Affect Future
Results", contain certain forward-looking statements, generally identified by
phrases such as "the Company expects" or words of similar effect.
Forward-looking statements are made based upon management's expectations and
beliefs concerning future events impacting the Company. There can be no
assurances that such events will occur or that the results of the Company will
be as estimated. Many factors outside the control of the Company also could
impact the realization of such estimates. The above-mentioned important factors,
among others, in some cases have affected, and in the future could affect, the
Company's actual results and could cause the Company's actual results for 1999
and beyond, to differ materially from those expressed in any forward-looking
statements made by, or on behalf of, the Company.
 
                                       29
<PAGE>   30
 
ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
 
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              PAGE
                                                              -----
<S>                                                           <C>
Consolidated Financial Statements:
 
     Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended
      December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996......................     31
 
     Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1998 and
      1997..................................................     32
 
     Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders'
      Equity for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and
      1996..................................................     33
 
     Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow for the years
      ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996................     34
 
     Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.............     35
 
Report of Independent Auditors..............................     59
 
Management's Responsibility for Financial Reporting.........     60
</TABLE>
 
     Schedules have been omitted because they are either not required, not
applicable or the required information is included in the financial statements
or notes thereto.
 
                                       30
<PAGE>   31
 
            SCHWEITZER-MAUDUIT INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                           ----------------------------------------------
                                                              1998              1997              1996
                                                           ----------        ----------        ----------
                                                           (U.S. $ IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                                                        <C>               <C>               <C>
Net Sales................................................    $546.7            $460.6            $471.3
 
  Cost of products sold..................................     440.6             338.7             357.1
                                                             ------            ------            ------
 
Gross Profit.............................................     106.1             121.9             114.2
 
  Selling expense........................................      21.0              17.4              18.2
 
  Research expense.......................................       6.5               6.4               6.0
 
  General expense........................................      19.5              16.2              16.0
                                                             ------            ------            ------
 
Operating Profit.........................................      59.1              81.9              74.0
 
  Interest expense.......................................      (6.4)             (4.1)             (5.3)
 
  Other income, net......................................       1.2               1.6               1.2
                                                             ------            ------            ------
 
Income Before Income Taxes and Minority Interest.........      53.9              79.4              69.9
 
  Provision for income taxes.............................      17.3              28.6              26.0
                                                             ------            ------            ------
 
Income Before Minority Interest..........................      36.6              50.8              43.9
 
  Minority interest in earnings of subsidiaries..........       5.6               5.5               5.2
                                                             ------            ------            ------
 
Net Income...............................................    $ 31.0            $ 45.3            $ 38.7
                                                             ======            ======            ======
 
Net Income Per Common Share:
 
  Basic..................................................    $ 1.94            $ 2.82            $ 2.41
                                                             ======            ======            ======
 
  Diluted................................................    $ 1.92            $ 2.77            $ 2.38
                                                             ======            ======            ======
</TABLE>
 
                 See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
                                       31
<PAGE>   32
 
            SCHWEITZER-MAUDUIT INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 AS OF DECEMBER 31,
                                                              -------------------------
                                                                 1998          1997
                                                              -----------   -----------
                                                                (U.S. $ IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                                           <C>           <C>
                                        ASSETS
Current Assets
  Cash and cash equivalents.................................    $  6.7        $ 37.2
  Accounts receivable.......................................      69.5          57.0
  Inventories...............................................      69.4          56.3
  Current income tax refunds receivable.....................       2.8            --
  Deferred income tax benefits..............................       5.2           3.3
  Prepaid expenses..........................................       2.7           3.8
                                                                ------        ------
         Total Current Assets...............................     156.3         157.6
                                                                ------        ------
Property
  Land and improvements.....................................       7.2           5.9
  Buildings and improvements................................      69.0          45.6
  Machinery and equipment...................................     379.6         296.1
  Construction in progress..................................      23.5          22.4
                                                                ------        ------
    Gross Property..........................................     479.3         370.0
  Less accumulated depreciation.............................     196.1         168.9
                                                                ------        ------
         Net Property.......................................     283.2         201.1
                                                                ------        ------
Noncurrent Deferred Income Tax Benefits.....................      19.7          18.4
                                                                ------        ------
Deferred Charges and Other Assets...........................      15.5          13.9
                                                                ------        ------
         Total Assets.......................................    $474.7        $391.0
                                                                ======        ======
 
                         LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current Liabilities
  Current portion of long-term debt.........................    $  4.4        $  2.5
  Other short-term debt.....................................      11.3           0.5
  Accounts payable..........................................      58.1          43.4
  Accrued expenses..........................................      50.7          43.0
  Income taxes payable......................................        --           1.1
                                                                ------        ------
         Total Current Liabilities..........................     124.5          90.5
                                                                ------        ------
Long-Term Debt..............................................     108.4          80.8
                                                                ------        ------
Deferred Income Taxes.......................................      12.7          11.2
                                                                ------        ------
Other Noncurrent Liabilities................................      24.1          21.9
                                                                ------        ------
Minority Interest...........................................       8.0           7.1
                                                                ------        ------
Contingencies (See Notes 6, 10, 11 and 12)
Stockholders' Equity
  Preferred Stock -- $.10 par value -- 10,000,000 shares
    authorized, none issued.................................        --            --
  Common Stock -- $.10 par value -- 100,000,000 shares
    authorized, 16,078,733 and 16,065,443 shares issued at
    December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively................       1.6           1.6
  Additional paid-in capital................................      60.7          60.3
  Common stock in treasury, at cost -- 154,668 shares at
    December 31, 1998.......................................      (3.8)           --
  Retained earnings.........................................     134.8         113.5
  Accumulated other comprehensive income --
    Unrealized foreign currency translation adjustments.....       3.7           4.1
                                                                ------        ------
         Total Stockholders' Equity.........................     197.0         179.5
                                                                ------        ------
  Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity................    $474.7        $391.0
                                                                ======        ======
</TABLE>
 
                 See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
                                       32
<PAGE>   33
 
            SCHWEITZER-MAUDUIT INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
                                        -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                            ACCUMULATED
                                         COMMON STOCK ISSUED     TREASURY STOCK    ADDITIONAL                  OTHER
                                        ---------------------   ----------------    PAID-IN     RETAINED   COMPREHENSIVE
                                          SHARES      AMOUNT    SHARES    AMOUNT    CAPITAL     EARNINGS      INCOME       TOTAL
                                        ----------   --------   -------   ------   ----------   --------   -------------   ------
                                                                          (U.S. $ IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                     <C>          <C>        <C>       <C>      <C>          <C>        <C>             <C>
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1995............  16,051,109    $  1.6                         $ 60.0      $ 46.3        $22.0       $129.9
  Net income..........................                                                             38.7                      38.7
  Adjustments to unrealized foreign
    currency translation..............                                                                          (5.4)        (5.4)
                                                                                                                           ------
  Comprehensive income................                                                                                       33.3
  Dividends declared ($0.45 per
    share)............................                                                             (7.2)                     (7.2)
  Stock issued to directors as
    compensation......................       1,512                                                                             --
                                        ----------    ------                         ------      ------        -----       ------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1996............  16,052,621       1.6                           60.0        77.8         16.6        156.0
  Net income..........................                                                             45.3                      45.3
  Adjustments to unrealized foreign
    currency translation..............                                                                         (12.5)       (12.5)
                                                                                                                           ------
  Comprehensive income................                                                                                       32.8
  Dividends declared ($0.60 per
    share)............................                                                             (9.6)                     (9.6)
  Stock issued to directors as
    compensation......................       1,182                                                                             --
  Stock issued for options
    exercised.........................      11,640                                      0.3                                   0.3
                                        ----------    ------                         ------      ------        -----       ------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1997............  16,065,443       1.6                           60.3       113.5          4.1        179.5
  Net income..........................                                                             31.0                      31.0
  Adjustments to unrealized foreign
    currency translation..............                                                                          (0.4)        (0.4)
                                                                                                                           ------
  Comprehensive income................                                                                                       30.6
  Dividends declared ($0.60 per
    share)............................                                                             (9.6)                     (9.6)
  Purchases of treasury stock.........                          155,700   $(3.8)                                             (3.8)
  Stock issued to directors as
    compensation......................       1,350               (1,032)                                                       --
  Stock issued for options
    exercised.........................      11,940                                      0.3                                   0.3
  Adjustments due to rounding.........                                                  0.1        (0.1)                       --
                                        ----------    ------    -------   ------     ------      ------        -----       ------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1998............  16,078,733    $  1.6    154,668   $(3.8)     $ 60.7      $134.8        $ 3.7       $197.0
                                        ==========    ======    =======   ======     ======      ======        =====       ======
</TABLE>
 
                 See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
                                       33
<PAGE>   34
 
            SCHWEITZER-MAUDUIT INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOW
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                FOR THE YEARS ENDED
                                                                   DECEMBER 31,
                                                              -----------------------
                                                               1998     1997    1996
                                                              -------   -----   -----
                                                               (U.S. $ IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                                           <C>       <C>     <C>
Operations
  Net income................................................  $  31.0   $45.3   $38.7
  Depreciation and amortization.............................     24.8    14.4    13.4
  Deferred income tax provision.............................      5.0     9.9     8.6
  Minority interest in earnings of subsidiaries.............      5.6     5.5     5.2
  Non-cash utilization of restructuring reserve.............       --      --     4.7
  Other.....................................................      2.6     3.0     1.3
  Changes in operating working capital, excluding effects of
     acquisitions:
     Accounts receivable....................................     (1.2)    8.1     4.4
     Inventories............................................     (1.4)   (7.1)    6.8
     Accounts payable.......................................      2.4   (11.1)   10.2
     Accrued expenses.......................................      0.3     0.5    (1.1)
     Prepaid expenses.......................................      1.2    (1.7)   (1.1)
     Accrued income taxes...................................     (3.2)    0.5    (0.7)
                                                              -------   -----   -----
       Net changes in operating working capital.............     (1.9)  (10.8)   18.5
                                                              -------   -----   -----
          Cash Provided by Operations.......................     67.1    67.3    90.4
                                                              -------   -----   -----
Investing
  Capital spending..........................................    (36.7)  (35.8)  (51.5)
  Capitalized software costs................................     (4.0)   (7.6)   (2.7)
  Acquisitions, net of cash acquired........................    (65.4)     --      --
  Other.....................................................     (1.3)   (4.7)   (1.7)
                                                              -------   -----   -----
          Cash Used for Investing...........................   (107.4)  (48.1)  (55.9)
                                                              -------   -----   -----
Financing
  Cash dividends paid to SWM stockholders...................     (9.6)   (9.6)   (7.2)
  Cash dividends paid to minority owner.....................     (5.3)   (4.5)   (0.9)
  Changes in short-term debt................................      8.4    (0.8)   (1.2)
  Proceeds from issuances of long-term debt.................     24.8     5.6     5.4
  Payments on long-term debt................................     (5.0)   (3.9)   (5.6)
  Purchases of treasury stock...............................     (3.8)     --      --
  Issuances of capital stock................................      0.3     0.3      --
                                                              -------   -----   -----
          Cash Provided by (Used for) Financing.............      9.8   (12.9)   (9.5)
                                                              -------   -----   -----
 
Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents............    (30.5)    6.3    25.0
Cash and Cash Equivalents at beginning of year..............     37.2    30.9     5.9
                                                              -------   -----   -----
Cash and Cash Equivalents at end of year....................  $   6.7   $37.2   $30.9
                                                              =======   =====   =====
</TABLE>
 
                 See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
                                       34
<PAGE>   35
 
            SCHWEITZER-MAUDUIT INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                  U.S. $ IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS
 
NOTE 1.  BACKGROUND
 
     On November 30, 1995, Kimberly-Clark Corporation ("Kimberly-Clark")
distributed all of the outstanding common stock of Schweitzer-Mauduit
International, Inc. (the "Distribution") to its stockholders, through a tax-free
spin-off of its U.S., French and Canadian business operations that manufacture
and sell tobacco-related papers and other specialty paper products (the
"Businesses"). Effective at the close of business on November 30, 1995, the
Company became an independent, publicly owned company as a result of the
Distribution.
 
     In order to effectuate the spin-off of the Businesses, on August 21, 1995
and July 31, 1995, respectively, Schweitzer-Mauduit International, Inc. ("SWM")
and Schweitzer-Mauduit Canada, Inc. ("SM-Canada") were incorporated and
nominally capitalized. Prior to the Distribution, Kimberly-Clark transferred to
SWM (the "Transfer") (i) the assets and liabilities of its U.S.-based specialty
products business; (ii) all of the issued and outstanding shares of SM-Canada
and of Schweitzer-Mauduit France, S.A.R.L., a French corporation ("SMF"); and
(iii) 72 percent of the issued and outstanding shares of LTR Industries, S.A., a
French corporation ("LTRI"). After the Transfer, the Company consisted of the
operating assets and liabilities of Kimberly-Clark's U.S. specialty products
business and investments in SM-Canada (100 percent owned), SMF (100 percent
owned) and LTRI (72 percent owned). SMF, directly or indirectly, then owned 100
percent of two principal French operating subsidiaries, Papeteries de Mauduit
S.A. ("PdM") and Papeteries de Malaucene S.A. ("PdMal"), and a French holding
company, Schweitzer-Mauduit Enterprises S.A. ("SM-Enterprises"). The Transfer
was accounted for at historical cost in a manner similar to that in pooling of
interests accounting as the entities were all under common control. (As used
herein, the Company means SWM, SWM and its several subsidiaries or, as
determined by the context, one or more or its several subsidiaries.)
 
     During 1997, the Company established and nominally capitalized
Schweitzer-Mauduit Spain, S.L. ("SM-Spain"), a 100 percent owned holding company
organized under the Spanish holding company regime.
 
NOTE 2.  ACQUISITIONS
 
     On February 2, 1998, SM-Spain paid approximately $62.0 in cash for 99.97
percent ownership interest in Companhia Industrial de Papel Pirahy ("Pirahy"), a
specialty paper manufacturer located near Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. In connection
with the acquisition of Pirahy, the Company modified its existing credit
agreement to provide a $20.0 term loan to SM-Spain. SM-Spain borrowed the
remaining funds for the transaction from SMF, which in turn utilized its
existing cash balances and borrowings from its revolving credit facilities.
Subsequently, Pirahy was renamed Schweitzer-Mauduit do Brasil, S.A. ("SWM-B").
 
     On February 11, 1998, SM-Enterprises paid 37.2 million French francs
(approximately $6.1) in cash and assumed approximately $5.8 in existing net debt
for all of the outstanding shares of Ingefico, S.A. and 97.1 percent of the
outstanding shares of its pulp and specialty paper manufacturing subsidiaries,
Groupe SAPAM S.A. ("Groupe SAPAM") and Papeteries de la Moulasse S.A., located
in St. Girons, France. Subsequently, SM-Enterprises acquired all the remaining
shares of Groupe SAPAM for $0.2 in cash. SM-Enterprises and Ingefico, S.A. were
then merged into Groupe SAPAM. Papeteries de la Moulasse S.A. was renamed
Papeteries de St. Girons S.A. ("PdStG").
 
                                       35
<PAGE>   36
            SCHWEITZER-MAUDUIT INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                  U.S. $ IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS
 
     The above acquisitions were accounted for under the purchase method of
accounting and, accordingly, the acquired assets and liabilities have been
recorded at their estimated fair values as of the respective dates of the
acquisitions. In conjunction with the acquisitions, liabilities were assumed as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
Fair value of assets acquired...............................  $ 95.7
Less: Cash paid for the stock...............................   (68.3)
      Direct costs incurred.................................    (2.0)
                                                              ------
  Liabilities assumed.......................................  $ 25.4
                                                              ======
</TABLE>
 
     The operating results of the newly-acquired companies are included in the
Consolidated Statements of Income beginning February 1, 1998. Unaudited
consolidated pro forma net sales, net income, basic earnings per share and
diluted earnings per share, assuming the acquisitions had occurred at the
beginning of 1997, would have been $570.4, $44.2, $2.76 and $2.71, respectively.
Unaudited consolidated pro forma net sales and net income for 1998 would have
been $555.9 and $31.1, respectively. Unaudited consolidated pro forma basic and
diluted earnings per share for 1998 would have been $1.94 and $1.92, the same as
the Company's audited consolidated basic and diluted earnings per share.
 
NOTE 3.  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
  Basis of Presentation
 
     These financial statements have been prepared in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles, which require management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect amounts of assets and liabilities reported, disclosure
of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and
amounts of revenues and expenses reported for the periods. Actual results could
differ from these estimates. These financial statements are presented on a
consolidated basis and include the accounts of SWM and all its majority-owned
subsidiaries. All material intercompany and interdivisional transactions are
eliminated.
 
  Revenue Recognition
 
     Sales are generally recognized upon shipment of the product to the
customer.
 
  Foreign Currency Translation
 
     The income statements of foreign entities are translated into U.S. dollars
at average exchange rates prevailing during the periods. The balance sheets of
these entities are translated at period-end exchange rates, and the differences
from historical exchange rates are reflected in a separate component of
accumulated other comprehensive income as unrealized foreign currency
translation adjustments. Foreign currency gains and losses arising from
settlement of transactions in non-local currencies and remeasurement of
non-local currency denominated monetary assets and liabilities are included in
other income, net.
 
  Earnings Per Share
 
     Basic net income per common share is computed based on net income divided
by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. The average number
of common shares used in the calculation of basic net income per common share
for 1998, 1997 and 1996 were 16,018,700, 16,059,900 and 16,052,100,
respectively. Diluted net income per common share is computed based on net
income divided by the weighted average number of common and potential common
shares outstanding. The average number of common and potential common shares
used in the calculation of diluted net income per common share for 1998, 1997
and 1996 were 16,161,300, 16,338,600 and 16,216,900, respectively. The only
potential common shares are those related to stock options outstanding during
the respective years.
 
                                       36
<PAGE>   37
            SCHWEITZER-MAUDUIT INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                  U.S. $ IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS
 
  Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
     Cash and cash equivalents include cash, time deposits, and readily
marketable securities with original maturities of three months or less. The
recorded amount reported in the balance sheet approximates fair value.
 
  Inventories
 
     Most U.S. inventories are valued at cost on the Last-In, First-Out ("LIFO")
method. The balance of the U.S. inventories and inventories of entities outside
the U.S. are valued at the lower of cost, using the First-In, First-Out ("FIFO")
and weighted average methods, or market.
 
  Property and Depreciation
 
     Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciable property is
depreciated on the straight-line method for accounting purposes. When property
is sold or retired, the cost of the property and the related accumulated
depreciation are removed from the balance sheet, and any gain or loss on the
transaction is included in income. The depreciable lives for the principal asset
categories are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ASSET CATEGORY                                           DEPRECIABLE LIFE
- --------------                                           ----------------
<S>                                                      <C>
Machinery and Equipment................................  5 to 20 years
Buildings..............................................  20 to 40 years
Building Improvements..................................  Lesser of 20 years or
                                                         remaining life of the
                                                         relevant building or
                                                         lease
</TABLE>
 
  Capitalized Software Costs
 
     The Company accounts for costs incurred in connection with software
developed for internal use in accordance with Statement of Position 98-1,
"Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for
Internal Use" issued in March 1998 by the Accounting Standards Executive
Committee of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. The Company
capitalizes certain purchases of software and software design and installation
costs in connection with major projects for software development for internal
use. These costs are included in Deferred Charges and Other Assets on the
consolidated balance sheet and are amortized on the straight line method for
accounting purposes over the estimated useful life not to exceed seven years.
Costs associated with business process redesign, end-user training, system
start-up and ongoing software maintenance are expensed as incurred.
 
  Environmental Spending
 
     Environmental spending is capitalized if such spending qualifies as
property, plant and equipment, substantially increases the economic value or
extends the useful life of an asset. All other such spending is expensed as
incurred. Environmental spending relating to an existing condition caused by
past operations is expensed. Liabilities are accrued when environmental
assessments or remedial efforts are probable, and the costs can be reasonably
estimated. Generally, timing of these accruals coincides with completion of a
feasibility study or commitment to a formal plan of action.
 
  Impairment of Assets
 
     The Company periodically assesses the likelihood of recovering the cost of
long-lived assets based on its expectation of future profitability and
undiscounted cash flow of the related operations. These factors, along
 
                                       37
<PAGE>   38
            SCHWEITZER-MAUDUIT INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                  U.S. $ IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS
 
with management's plans with respect to the operations, are considered in
assessing the recoverability of property and purchased intangibles.
 
  Income Taxes
 
     Income tax expense and deferred income tax assets and liabilities are
determined under the asset and liability method. Deferred income taxes have been
provided on the differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of
assets and liabilities by applying enacted tax rates in effect for the years in
which the differences are expected to reverse.
 
     In France, prior to the Distribution, SMF, PdM, PdMal and SMF's other
French subsidiaries unrelated to the tobacco-related and specialty papers
businesses were included in the consolidated income tax group of SMF, while LTRI
separately filed its own income tax returns. Those other SMF subsidiaries were
merged together, and the shares of the merged entity were distributed to
Kimberly-Clark prior to the Distribution. SMF remained part of SWM to permit PdM
and PdMal to utilize income tax loss carryforwards previously generated by those
other French operations. Subsequent to the Distribution, those other French
subsidiaries were no longer included in the consolidated income tax group of
SMF, and LTRI continues to separately file its own income tax returns.
 
  Stock Compensation
 
     Compensation cost for stock options is measured based on the intrinsic
value method under APB No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees" (See
Note 8). Payments in the form of shares of the Company made to third parties,
including the Company's outside Directors, are recorded at fair value based on
the market value of the Company's common stock at the time of payment.
 
  New Accounting Standard
 
     In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative
Instruments and Hedging Activities", which will require that all derivative
financial instruments be recognized as either assets or liabilities in the
balance sheet. SFAS No. 133 will be effective no later than for the Company's
first quarter of 2000. The Company is evaluating the effects of this new
statement and when to implement the new requirements.
 
                                       38
<PAGE>   39
            SCHWEITZER-MAUDUIT INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                  U.S. $ IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS
 
NOTE 4.  SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES
 
Supplemental Balance Sheet Data
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              AS OF DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ------------------
                                                               1998        1997
                                                              ------      ------
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>
Summary of Accounts Receivable:
  Trade.....................................................  $57.4       $45.3
  Other.....................................................   14.0        12.1
  Less allowances for doubtful accounts and sales
     discounts..............................................   (1.9)       (0.4)
                                                              -----       -----
          Total.............................................  $69.5       $57.0
                                                              =====       =====
Summary of Inventories by Major Class:
  At the lower of cost on the FIFO and weighted average
     methods or market:
     Raw materials..........................................  $25.9       $20.1
     Work in process........................................    9.3        11.3
     Finished goods.........................................   26.6        21.4
     Supplies and other.....................................   13.2         9.7
                                                              -----       -----
                                                               75.0        62.5
     Excess of FIFO cost over LIFO cost.....................   (5.6)       (6.2)
                                                              -----       -----
          Total.............................................  $69.4       $56.3
                                                              =====       =====
</TABLE>
 
     Total inventories included $30.8 and $31.3 of inventories subject to the
LIFO method of valuation at December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively. If LIFO
inventories had been valued at FIFO cost, net income would have been decreased
by $0.4, $0.6 and $1.4 in 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              AS OF DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ------------------
                                                               1998        1997
                                                              ------      ------
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>
Summary of Accrued Expenses:
  Accrued salaries, wages and employee benefits.............  $26.8       $22.2
  Other accrued expenses....................................   23.9        20.8
                                                              -----       -----
          Total.............................................  $50.7       $43.0
                                                              =====       =====
</TABLE>
 
                                       39
<PAGE>   40
            SCHWEITZER-MAUDUIT INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                  U.S. $ IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS
 
Analysis of Allowances for Doubtful Accounts and Sales Discounts:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       BALANCE AT                           WRITE-OFFS                  BALANCE
                                       BEGINNING    BALANCES   CHARGED TO      AND        CURRENCY     AT END OF
                                       OF PERIOD    ACQUIRED    EXPENSE     DISCOUNTS    TRANSLATION    PERIOD
                                       ----------   --------   ----------   ----------   -----------   ---------
<S>                                    <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1998
Allowance for doubtful accounts......     $0.4        $1.5        $0.3        $(0.1)        $(0.2)       $1.9
Allowance for sales discounts........       --          --         0.2         (0.2)           --          --
                                          ----        ----        ----        -----         -----        ----
          Total......................     $0.4        $1.5        $0.5        $(0.3)        $(0.2)       $1.9
                                          ====        ====        ====        =====         =====        ====
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1997
Allowance for doubtful accounts......     $0.5                    $ --        $(0.1)        $  --        $0.4
Allowance for sales discounts........       --                     0.2         (0.2)           --          --
                                          ----                    ----        -----         -----        ----
          Total......................     $0.5                    $0.2        $(0.3)        $  --        $0.4
                                          ====                    ====        =====         =====        ====
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1996
Allowance for doubtful accounts......     $0.5                    $ --           --         $  --        $0.5
Allowance for sales discounts........       --                     0.1         (0.1)           --          --
                                          ----                    ----        -----         -----        ----
          Total......................     $0.5                    $0.1        $(0.1)        $  --        $0.5
                                          ====                    ====        =====         =====        ====
</TABLE>
 
Supplemental Cash Flow Information
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ---------------------------------
                                                               1998         1997         1996
                                                              -------      -------      -------
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>          <C>
Interest paid...............................................   $ 6.2        $ 4.2        $ 4.4
Interest capitalized........................................     0.1          0.5          0.4
Income taxes paid (1).......................................    15.6         17.7         17.5
Decrease in cash and cash equivalents due to exchange rate
  changes...................................................   $(1.0)       $(2.5)       $(0.7)
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
(1) The SMF consolidated tax group paid only nominal amounts of minimum required
    income taxes in all periods presented due to the net operating loss
    carryforwards retained in the Distribution.
 
NOTE 5.  DEBT
 
     In 1995, the Company, SMF and PdM Industries S.N.C. ("PdM Industries"), a
subsidiary owned 99 percent by PdM and one percent by SMF, entered into an
unsecured credit agreement (the "Credit Agreement") with a group of banks to
provide term and revolving loans totaling 375 million French francs (or
approximately $67 at December 31, 1998 and $63 at December 31, 1997) to SMF and
PdM Industries (the "French Credit Facility") and term and revolving loans
totaling $40.0 to the Company (the "U.S. Credit Facility" and, together with the
French Credit Facility, the "Credit Facilities"). The French Credit Facility
consists of a term loan to SMF in the amount of 250 million French francs (or
approximately $45 at December 31, 1998 and $42 at December 31, 1997) (the
"French Term Loan Facility") and a renewable 364-day revolving credit facility
available to both SMF and PdM Industries in an amount of up to 125 million
French francs (or approximately $22 at December 31, 1998 and $21 at December 31,
1997) (the "French Revolving Credit Facility"). Borrowings under the French
Credit Facility are guaranteed by the Company. The U.S. Credit Facility consists
of a term loan to the Company in the amount of $25.0 (the "U.S. Term Loan
Facility", and, together with the French Term Loan Facility, the "Term Loan
Facilities") and a renewable 364-day revolving credit facility available to the
Company in an amount of up to $15.0 (the "U.S. Revolving Credit Facility" and,
together with the French Revolving Credit Facility, the "Revolving Credit
Facilities"). In connection with the Distribution, the Company made cash
distributions to Kimberly-Clark
                                       40
<PAGE>   41
            SCHWEITZER-MAUDUIT INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                  U.S. $ IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS
 
principally financed by borrowings of the full amounts by SWM and SMF under the
U.S. and French Term Loan Facilities, respectively.
 
     In February 1998, the Company completed the Brazilian and French
acquisitions (see Note 2). In anticipation of these acquisitions, the Company
modified its then existing Credit Agreement. The terms of the "Amended and
Restated Credit Agreement" entered into on January 30, 1998 were substantially
the same as the prior Credit Agreement, except that it (i) provided an
additional $20.0 term loan to SM-Spain (adding it to the Term Loan Facilities),
(ii) extended the maturities of the Term Loan Facilities by approximately two
years, and (iii) renewed the Revolving Credit Facilities. During January 1999,
the Revolving Credit Facilities were renewed with an expiration date of January
28, 2000. Loans under each of the Term Loan Facilities are payable in three
equal semi-annual installments beginning in January 2002.
 
     The interest rates under the Term Loan Facilities are based, at the
election of the Company, on either (a) the sum of (i) either 0.375 percent per
annum or 0.300 percent per annum (the "Applicable Margin"), determined by
reference to the Company's Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Amended and
Restated Credit Agreement) plus (ii) the London interbank offered rate
("LIBOR"), or (b) an alternate base rate. Beginning January 29, 1999, the
interest rates under the Revolving Credit Facilities are based, at the election
of the Company, on either (a) the sum of (i) 0.45 percent per annum plus (ii)
LIBOR, or (b) an alternate base rate.
 
     The Amended and Restated Credit Agreement contains representations and
warranties which are customary for facilities of this type and covenants and
provisions that, among other things, require the Company maintain certain
defined financial ratios (a minimum Tangible Net Worth, a maximum Leverage Ratio
and a minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, all as defined in the Amended and
Restated Credit Agreement). Events of default under the Amended and Restated
Credit Agreement include, among other things, termination of the Company's
supply agreement with Philip Morris without entry into one or more suitable
replacement agreements.
 
     The Company selectively enters into interest rate hedge agreements with
respect to its variable rate long-term borrowings under the Credit Facilities to
manage its exposure to interest rate increases when it is practical and cost
effective to do so. The weighted average effective interest rates on the Term
Loan Facilities for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996 were 5.1
percent, 4.7 percent and 5.2 percent, respectively.
 
     At both December 31, 1998 and 1997, long-term debt other than the Term Loan
Facilities primarily consisted of obligations of the French operations related
to government mandated profit sharing. These amounts bear interest at the five
year treasury note rate in France (6.0 percent at both December 31, 1998 and
1997) and are generally payable in the fifth year subsequent to the year the
profit sharing is accrued.
 
     Following are the balances of long-term debt obligations as of December 31:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1998    1997
                                                              ------   -----
<S>                                                           <C>      <C>
French Term Loan............................................  $ 44.7   $41.8
U.S. Term Loan..............................................    25.0    25.0
Spanish Term Loan...........................................    20.0      --
French Employee Profit Sharing..............................    17.4    15.0
Other.......................................................     5.7     1.5
                                                              ------   -----
                                                               112.8    83.3
Less current portion........................................    (4.4)   (2.5)
                                                              ------   -----
                                                              $108.4   $80.8
                                                              ======   =====
</TABLE>
 
                                       41
<PAGE>   42
            SCHWEITZER-MAUDUIT INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                  U.S. $ IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS
 
     Following are the scheduled maturities for these long-term debt obligations
as of December 31, 1998:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
  1999......................................................  $  4.4
  2000......................................................     3.8
  2001......................................................     3.9
  2002......................................................    64.7
  2003......................................................    34.4
  Thereafter................................................     1.6
                                                              ------
                                                              $112.8
                                                              ======
</TABLE>
 
     At December 31, 1998, the U.S. and the French operations of the Company
together had approximately $37 of Revolving Credit Facilities available, of
which approximately $26 was unused. These facilities permit borrowing at
competitive interest rates and are available for general corporate purposes.
Beginning January 29, 1999, the Company pays commitment fees on the unused
portion of these Revolving Credit Facilities at an annual rate of .15 percent
and may cancel the facilities without penalty at any time prior to their
expiration at January 28, 2000.
 
     The Company also had other bank credit facilities available totaling
approximately $19, of which $0.3 was outstanding at December 31, 1998. No
commitment fees are paid on the unused portion of these facilities.
 
     At December 31, 1998 and 1997, the estimated fair value of the Company's
long-term debt and short-term debt approximated the carrying amount. These fair
values were based on quoted market prices for the same or similar debt or on
current rates offered to the Company for obligations with the same maturities.
 
NOTE 6.  INCOME TAXES
 
     An analysis of the provision (benefit) for income taxes for the years ended
December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996 follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1998    1997    1996
                                                              -----   -----   -----
<S>                                                           <C>     <C>     <C>
Current income taxes:
  U.S. Federal..............................................  $(1.7)  $ 3.8   $ 4.9
  U.S. State................................................   (0.3)    0.7     0.9
  Foreign...................................................   14.3    14.2    11.6
                                                              -----   -----   -----
                                                               12.3    18.7    17.4
                                                              -----   -----   -----
Deferred income taxes:
  U.S. Federal..............................................    1.9     1.5     1.2
  U.S. State................................................   (0.1)    0.3     0.2
  Foreign...................................................    3.2     8.1     7.2
                                                              -----   -----   -----
                                                                5.0     9.9     8.6
                                                              -----   -----   -----
          Total.............................................  $17.3   $28.6   $26.0
                                                              =====   =====   =====
</TABLE>
 
     Income before income taxes included income of $52.6 in 1998, $63.5 in 1997,
and $51.8 in 1996 from operations outside the U.S.
 
                                       42
<PAGE>   43
            SCHWEITZER-MAUDUIT INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                  U.S. $ IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS
 
     A reconciliation of income tax computed at the U.S. federal statutory
income tax rate to the provision for income taxes is as follows for the years
ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        1998               1997               1996
                                                  ----------------   ----------------   ----------------
                                                  AMOUNT   PERCENT   AMOUNT   PERCENT   AMOUNT   PERCENT
                                                  ------   -------   ------   -------   ------   -------
<S>                                               <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>
Tax at U.S. statutory rate......................  $18.9     35.0%    $27.8     35.0%    $24.5     35.0%
State income taxes, net of federal tax
  benefit.......................................   (0.3)    (0.5)      0.6      0.8       0.7      1.0
Statutory rates outside the U.S in excess of
  U.S. statutory rate, net......................    3.9      7.2       4.2      5.3       0.7      1.0
French income tax rate increase -- deferred
  benefit.......................................     --       --      (2.0)    (2.6)       --       --
Change in French tax law........................     --       --      (2.1)    (2.6)       --       --
Adjustment of French valuation allowances.......   (5.2)    (9.6)       --       --        --       --
Other, net......................................     --       --       0.1      0.1       0.1      0.2
                                                  -----     ----     -----     ----     -----     ----
Provision for income taxes......................  $17.3     32.1%    $28.6     36.0%    $26.0     37.2%
                                                  =====     ====     =====     ====     =====     ====
</TABLE>
 
     The provision for income taxes in 1998 included the benefit of a reduction
in the valuation allowance recorded against certain French deferred income tax
assets arising from net operating loss carryforwards ("NOLs"). This adjustment
reduced the deferred provision for income taxes by $5.2. The reduction in the
valuation allowance was recorded because of continued earnings and projected
future earnings at the French businesses that utilize the NOLs, reducing the
uncertainty that these NOLs will be fully utilized in the future.
 
     The provision for income taxes in 1997 was impacted by an increase in the
effective statutory income tax rate enacted in France in November 1997 from
36.67 percent to 41.67 percent for 1997 and 1998, retroactive to January 1,
1997, and to 40.0 percent for 1999. The unfavorable effect on current taxes of
the tax rate increase, including a retroactive adjustment for the eleven-month
period ended November 30, 1997, was offset by the favorable effect on the
deferred provision for income taxes due to the increased value of the tax
benefits to be recognized from the NOLs retained by SMF estimated to be realized
during 1997, 1998 and 1999, the periods of the higher income tax rates. The
impact in 1997 attributable to deferred tax assets, net of liabilities, was a
favorable $2.0 on the deferred provision for income taxes. Also impacting the
1997 provision for income taxes was the enactment in France in 1997 of a law
that eliminated taxation of a "provision for the fluctuating value of raw
materials" that had been included in French deferred taxes. Cancellation of this
deferred tax liability reduced the provision for income taxes by $2.1.
 
     The Company considers the undistributed earnings of certain foreign
subsidiaries to be indefinitely reinvested or plans to repatriate such earnings
only when tax effective to do so. Accordingly, no provision for U.S. federal and
state income taxes has been made thereon. Upon distribution of those earnings in
the form of dividends, loans to the U.S. parent, or otherwise, the Company could
be subject to both U.S. income taxes (subject to an adjustment for foreign tax
credits) and withholding taxes payable to foreign tax authorities. Determination
of the amount of unrecognized deferred U.S. tax liability is not practicable
because of the complexities associated with its hypothetical calculation.
 
                                       43
<PAGE>   44
            SCHWEITZER-MAUDUIT INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                  U.S. $ IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS
 
     Deferred income tax assets (liabilities) as of December 31, 1998 and 1997
are comprised of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1998      1997
                                                              ------    ------
<S>                                                           <C>       <C>
Current deferred income tax assets attributable to:
  Inventories...............................................  $ (0.8)   $ (1.1)
  Postretirement and other employee benefits................     3.5       2.4
  Other accrued liabilities.................................     1.8       2.3
  Other.....................................................     0.7      (0.3)
                                                              ------    ------
          Net current deferred income tax asset.............  $  5.2    $  3.3
                                                              ======    ======
Net noncurrent deferred income tax assets attributable to:
  Operating and capital loss carryforwards..................  $ 60.9    $ 60.6
  Accumulated depreciation and amortization.................   (28.2)    (24.7)
  Other.....................................................    (0.2)     (1.1)
  Valuation allowances......................................   (12.8)    (16.4)
                                                              ------    ------
          Net noncurrent deferred income tax asset..........  $ 19.7    $ 18.4
                                                              ======    ======
Net noncurrent deferred income tax liabilities attributable
  to:
  Accumulated depreciation and amortization.................  $(19.8)   $(17.2)
  Postretirement and other employee benefits................     7.9       8.0
  Other.....................................................    (0.8)     (2.0)
                                                              ------    ------
          Net noncurrent deferred income tax liability......  $(12.7)   $(11.2)
                                                              ======    ======
</TABLE>
 
     In the above presentation, the net noncurrent deferred income tax asset
relates to the French, Brazilian and Spanish tax jurisdictions, and the net
noncurrent deferred income tax liability relates to the U.S. and Canadian tax
jurisdictions. Total deferred income tax assets were $62.0 and $56.9 at December
31, 1998 and 1997, respectively. Total deferred income tax liabilities were
$49.8 and $46.4 at December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively.
 
     Under French tax law, the NOLs incurred through December 31, 1994 by the
SMF subsidiaries unrelated to the Businesses, which were distributed to
Kimberly-Clark prior to the Distribution, were retained by SMF as of January 1,
1995. In addition to SMF's remaining NOLs, NOLs were obtained in the acquisition
of Pirahy and have been generated during 1998 by SWM-B and SM-Spain.
 
                                       44
<PAGE>   45
            SCHWEITZER-MAUDUIT INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                  U.S. $ IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS
 
     The following summarizes the changes in the Company's NOLs and the related
noncurrent deferred income tax asset and valuation allowance for the years ended
December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                TOTAL   VALUATION    NET
                                                     NOLS       ASSET   ALLOWANCE   ASSET
                                                    ------      -----   ---------   -----
<S>                                                 <C>         <C>     <C>         <C>
Amount at December 31, 1995.......................  $190.0      $69.7    $ (4.2)    $65.5
Increase related to filing of 1995 French tax
  returns.........................................    40.9       15.0     (15.0)       --
1996 utilization..................................   (18.6)      (6.8)       --      (6.8)
Currency translation effect.......................   (11.6)      (4.3)      1.1      (3.2)
                                                    ------      -----    ------     -----
Amount at December 31, 1996.......................   200.7       73.6     (18.1)     55.5
Decrease related to filing of 1996 French tax
  returns.........................................    (1.4)      (0.5)       --      (0.5)
French income tax rate increase...................      --        2.6      (0.5)      2.1
1997 utilization..................................   (14.8)      (6.2)       --      (6.2)
Currency translation effect.......................   (24.3)      (8.9)      2.2      (6.7)
                                                    ------      -----    ------     -----
Amount at December 31, 1997.......................   160.2       60.6     (16.4)     44.2
Obtained in acquisition...........................    10.3        3.2        --       3.2
French valuation allowance adjustment.............      --         --       5.2       5.2
1998 utilization, net of generated................   (13.9)      (6.3)     (0.8)     (7.1)
Currency translation effect.......................     9.2        3.4      (0.8)      2.6
                                                    ------      -----    ------     -----
Amount at December 31, 1998.......................  $165.8      $60.9    $(12.8)    $48.1
                                                    ======      =====    ======     =====
</TABLE>
 
     Under current tax laws governing the tax jurisdictions in which the Company
has NOLs, certain NOLs in France expire five years subsequent to the year
generated while others carry forward indefinitely, NOLs in Brazil carry forward
indefinitely and NOLs in Spain expire seven years subsequent to the year
generated. Of the $165.8 of NOLs still available at December 31, 1998, $28.6 and
$2.5 will expire in 1999 and 2005, respectively, if not utilized against taxable
income of the respective jurisdiction. The remaining $134.7 of NOLs have no
expiration date. The Company intends to elect to include newly-acquired PdStG in
the SMF consolidated tax group beginning January 1, 1999. After the 1998
adjustment of the French valuation allowance, establishment of a valuation
allowance to reduce the noncurrent deferred income tax asset related to the
Spanish NOLs and currency exchange rate changes during the year, valuation
allowances totaled $12.8 as of December 31, 1998, reducing the related net
deferred tax asset to an amount which is estimated to be realized through
utilization of the NOLs prior to their expiration. Although realization is not
assured, management believes it is more likely than not that the net deferred
tax asset will be realized. However, that amount could change if, among other
considerations, estimates of future taxable income, or income tax regulations or
interpretations, change during the carryforward periods.
 
     Along with numerous other companies and banks in France, PdM is subject to
a tax claim with respect to its purchase of certain bonds in 1988 which were
represented by the two selling banks as carrying specific tax benefits. The
French taxing authority is challenging the use by PdM of those benefits. The tax
claim against PdM by the French taxing authority is $1.9 as of December 31,
1998, including penalties for "abuse of the law" and late payment. A court
decision has held that another purchaser of the bonds was not liable for "abuse
of the law", thus eliminating the "abuse of law" portion of the claim. The
amount of penalties related to "abuse of the law" included in the tax claim
against PdM is approximately $0.8. If the same decision were applied to the tax
claim against PdM, PdM's exposure as of December 31, 1998 would be reduced to
approximately $1.1. The Company is vigorously defending the claim based on the
merits and has filed claims against each bank on the basis of their
misrepresentation of certain facts. The Company's claim against one of the banks
was rejected by a trial court in 1996 and the Company appealed this decision. In
1997, the case against the other bank was stayed until the claim filed by the
French taxing authority against PdM has been resolved. A reserve of $1.0 was
established for this tax claim against PdM during 1997. Based on information
                                       45
<PAGE>   46
            SCHWEITZER-MAUDUIT INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                  U.S. $ IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS
 
currently available, there exists a reasonable possibility of an unfavorable
outcome for this claim. Since the claim relates to a period prior to PdM joining
the consolidated tax group, any unfavorable outcome could not be offset with the
NOLs of the SMF consolidated tax group.
 
NOTE 7.  POSTRETIREMENT AND OTHER BENEFITS
 
  North American Pension Benefits
 
     In connection with the Distribution, retirees of the Company's U.S. and
Canadian businesses prior to the Distribution remained participants of their
respective Kimberly-Clark plans. Subsequent to the Distribution, the Company and
its subsidiary in Canada established defined benefit retirement plans covering
substantially all full-time employees. Retirement benefits are based on years of
service and generally on the average compensation earned in the highest five of
the last 15 years of service. Employees as of the date of the Distribution
retained credit for prior service while employees of Kimberly-Clark. The
Company's funding policy is to contribute assets that, at a minimum, fully fund
the accumulated benefit obligation, subject to regulatory and tax deductibility
limits. Under the Distribution, Kimberly-Clark was required to transfer a
proportionate share of assets of its plans related to the employees who
transferred to the Company in the Distribution. The plan assets for the U.S. and
Canadian plans were transferred during 1997 from the Kimberly-Clark plans, in
which the employees had participated prior to the Distribution, to the Company's
plans upon receiving favorable determination letters from the Internal Revenue
Service and Revenue Canada, respectively, qualifying the Company's plans. Plan
assets are invested in a diversified portfolio consisting primarily of equity
and debt securities.
 
     The components of net pension expense for U.S. employees for the years
ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996 were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1998    1997    1996
                                                              -----   -----   -----
<S>                                                           <C>     <C>     <C>
Service cost................................................  $ 2.3   $ 2.1   $ 2.3
Interest cost...............................................    4.4     3.6     3.4
Expected return on plan assets..............................   (4.3)   (3.9)   (3.2)
Amortizations and other.....................................    0.1      --     0.2
                                                              -----   -----   -----
Net periodic pension cost...................................    2.5     1.8     2.7
Special termination benefits charge.........................    1.1      --      --
                                                              -----   -----   -----
Total pension cost..........................................  $ 3.6   $ 1.8   $ 2.7
                                                              =====   =====   =====
</TABLE>
 
     The assumed long-term rate of return on pension assets for purposes of
pension expense recognition for the U.S. employee plans was 10.0 percent for
each of the years 1998, 1997, and 1996. Transition adjustments for these plans
are being amortized on the straight-line method over 14 to 18 years. The
discount rates used to determine the projected benefit obligation and
accumulated benefit obligation for the U.S. employee pension plans were 6.75
percent and 7.25 percent at December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively. The
assumed long-term rates of compensation increases used to determine the
projected benefit obligations for these plans were 4.0 percent for both December
31, 1998 and 1997.
 
                                       46
<PAGE>   47
            SCHWEITZER-MAUDUIT INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                  U.S. $ IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS
 
     The funded status of the U.S. employee pension plans as of December 31,
1998 and 1997 were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1998    1997
                                                              -----   -----
<S>                                                           <C>     <C>
Change in Projected Benefit Obligation:
  Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year.........  $54.4   $45.6
     Service cost...........................................    2.3     2.1
     Interest cost..........................................    4.4     3.6
     Actuarial (gains) losses...............................    8.4     3.4
     Special termination benefits...........................    1.1      --
     Gross benefits paid....................................   (1.3)   (0.3)
                                                              -----   -----
  Projected benefit obligation at end of year...............   69.3    54.4
                                                              -----   -----
Change in Plan Assets:
  Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year............   45.1    39.3
     Actual return on plan assets...........................   10.3     6.1
     Employer contributions.................................    3.1      --
     Gross benefits paid....................................   (1.3)   (0.3)
                                                              -----   -----
  Fair value of plan assets at end of year..................   57.2    45.1
                                                              -----   -----
Funded status at end of year................................  (12.1)   (9.3)
Unrecognized actuarial (gains) losses.......................    6.0     3.6
Unrecognized prior service cost and net transition
  obligation................................................    0.2     0.2
                                                              -----   -----
Net accrued pension liability...............................  $(5.9)  $(5.5)
                                                              =====   =====
</TABLE>
 
     The projected benefit obligation and accumulated benefit obligation for a
U.S. supplemental executive pension plan with accumulated benefit obligations in
excess of plan assets were $2.4 and $0.9, respectively, as of December 31, 1998,
and $2.6 and $1.4, respectively, as of December 31, 1997. This particular plan
is unfunded and therefore has no plan assets.
 
  French Pension Benefits
 
     In France, employees are covered under a government administered program.
In addition, the Company's French operations sponsor retirement indemnity plans
which pay a lump sum retirement benefit to employees who retire from the
Company. The Company's French operations also sponsor a supplemental executive
pension plan which is designed to provide a retirement benefit equal to between
50 and 65 percent of final earnings, depending upon years of service, after
considering other government and Company sponsored retirement plans. Plan assets
are principally invested in the general asset portfolio of a French insurance
company.
 
     The Company's net pension expense for the French pension plans was $1.6,
$1.1 and $1.0 for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996,
respectively. The assumed long-term rates of return on pension assets for
purposes of pension expense recognition for the French plans were 7.0 percent
for 1998 and 8.0 percent for 1997 and 1996. Transition adjustments for these
plans are being amortized on the straight-line method over 19 to 20 years. The
discount rates used to determine the projected benefit obligation and
accumulated benefit obligation for the French plans were 6.0 percent and 8.0
percent at December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively. The assumed long-term rates
of compensation increases used to determine the projected benefit obligation for
these plans were approximately 2.5 percent and 4.0 percent at December 31, 1998
and 1997, respectively.
 
     The projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation, and fair
value of plan assets for the French pension plans were $15.4, $8.0 and $4.0,
respectively, as of December 31, 1998, and $10.3, $4.4 and
 
                                       47
<PAGE>   48
            SCHWEITZER-MAUDUIT INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                  U.S. $ IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS
 
$3.8, respectively, as of December 31, 1997. The Company's net accrued pension
liability for the French plans was $4.5 and $1.7 at December 31, 1998 and 1997,
respectively.
 
  Brazilian Pension Benefits
 
     In Brazil, employees are covered under a government administered program.
 
  Postretirement Health Care and Life Insurance Benefits
 
     In connection with the Distribution, retirees of the Company's U.S. and
Canadian businesses prior to the Distribution remained participants of their
respective Kimberly-Clark plans. Subsequent to the Distribution, the Company and
its subsidiary in Canada established unfunded health care and life insurance
benefit plans which will cover substantially all future retirees of the Company.
Eligibility for benefits under the Company's plans is based on years of service
and age at retirement. Employees as of the date of the Distribution retained
credit for prior service while employees of Kimberly-Clark. The Company's plans
are noncontributory for certain long service employees when they retire, but are
contributory for most other future retirees.
 
     The components of U.S. employee postretirement health care and life
insurance benefit costs were as follows for the years ended December 31, 1998,
1997 and 1996:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1998   1997   1996
                                                              ----   ----   ----
<S>                                                           <C>    <C>    <C>
Service cost................................................  $0.3   $0.3   $0.3
Interest cost...............................................   0.5    0.5    0.7
Amortizations and other.....................................  (0.5)  (0.4)  (0.1)
                                                              ----   ----   ----
Net periodic postretirement benefit cost....................   0.3    0.4    0.9
Special termination benefits charge.........................   0.3     --     --
                                                              ----   ----   ----
Total postretirement benefit cost...........................  $0.6   $0.4   $0.9
                                                              ====   ====   ====
</TABLE>
 
     The components of the unfunded U.S. employee postretirement health care and
life insurance benefit obligation included in other noncurrent liabilities as of
December 31, 1998 and 1997 were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1998     1997
                                                              ------   ------
<S>                                                           <C>      <C>
Change in Benefit Obligation:
  Benefit obligation at beginning of year...................  $  7.1   $ 10.1
     Service cost...........................................     0.3      0.3
     Interest cost..........................................     0.5      0.5
     Actuarial (gains) losses...............................     0.8     (3.4)
     Plan amendments........................................    (0.3)    (0.4)
     Special termination benefits...........................     0.3       --
     Gross benefits paid by the Company.....................    (0.6)      --
                                                              ------   ------
  Benefit obligation at end of year.........................     8.1      7.1
                                                              ------   ------
Funded status at end of year................................    (8.1)    (7.1)
Unrecognized actuarial (gains) losses.......................    (5.3)    (6.5)
Unrecognized prior service cost.............................    (1.3)    (1.1)
                                                              ------   ------
Net accrued postretirement benefit liability................  $(14.7)  $(14.7)
                                                              ======   ======
</TABLE>
 
     For purposes of measuring the benefit obligation at December 31, 1998, a
6.125 percent annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered health
care benefits was assumed for 1999. The rate was assumed to decrease to 5.0
percent for 2000 and remain at that level thereafter. For purposes of measuring
the benefit
 
                                       48
<PAGE>   49
            SCHWEITZER-MAUDUIT INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                  U.S. $ IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS
 
obligation at December 31, 1997, a 7.75 percent annual increase in the per
capita cost of health care benefits was assumed for 1998. The rate was assumed
to decrease to 5.5 percent in 2000 and remain at that level thereafter. Discount
rates of 6.75 percent and 7.25 percent were used to determine the postretirement
benefit obligations at December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively.
 
     A one-percentage point increase or decrease in the healthcare cost trend
rate would have a nominal effect on the total of the service and interest cost
components of the postretirement benefit obligation at December 31, 1998. A one
percentage point increase in the healthcare cost trend rate would increase the
total postretirement benefit obligation by $0.1 at December 31, 1998. Likewise,
a one percentage point decrease in the healthcare cost trend rate would decrease
the total postretirement benefit obligation by $0.1 at December 31, 1998.
 
  Other Benefits
 
     Substantially all U.S. employees have been given the opportunity to
participate in voluntary investment plans. Under the plans, the Company matches
a portion of employee contributions. The Company's cost under the plans
reflected in each of the accompanying consolidated income statements for the
years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996 was $1.0. At December 31, 1998,
1997 and 1996, 500,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock were reserved for
issuance under these plans, none of which had been issued as of December 31,
1998. The shares may, at the Company's option, be used by the Company to satisfy
the Company's liability for its matching contributions.
 
NOTE 8.  STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
     The Company's Certificate of Incorporation authorizes the issuance of up to
100,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $.10 per share, and 10,000,000
shares of Preferred Stock, par value $.10 per share. Each share of presently
outstanding Common Stock and each share of Common Stock issued after the date of
this report will have attached to it, one right to purchase from the Company one
one-hundredth (1/100) of a share of a series of Preferred Stock designated as
the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock (the "Series A Preferred
Stock") (a "Right"). Each Right entitles a shareholder to purchase from the
Company one one-hundredth (1/100) of a share of the Series A Preferred Stock at
a price of $65 per one one-hundredth (1/100) of a share, subject to certain
anti-dilution adjustments. The Rights, however, become exercisable only at such
time as a person or group acquires, or commences a public tender or exchange
offer for, 15 percent or more of the Company's Common Stock. The Rights have
certain anti-takeover effects since they may cause substantial dilution to a
person or group that attempts to acquire the Company on terms not approved by
the Company's Board of Directors. The Rights should not interfere with any
merger or other business combination approved by the Board of Directors since
they may be redeemed by the Company at $.01 per Right at any time until a person
or group has obtained beneficial ownership of 15 percent or more of the voting
stock. The Rights will expire at the close of business on October 1, 2005,
unless redeemed earlier by the Company.
 
     The Series A Preferred Stock will be non-redeemable and, unless otherwise
provided in connection with the creation of a subsequent series of preferred
stock, will be subordinate to any other series of the Company's preferred stock.
Each share of Series A Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive when, as and
if declared, a quarterly dividend in an amount equal to the greater of $1 per
share or 100 times the cash dividends declared on the Company's Common Stock. In
addition, the Series A Preferred Stock is entitled to 100 times any non-cash
dividends (other than dividends payable in shares of Common Stock or a
subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock) declared on the Common
Stock, in like kind. In the event of a liquidation, the holders of the Series A
Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive a liquidation payment in an amount
equal to the greater of $100 per share or 100 times the payment made per share
of Common Stock. Each share of
 
                                       49
<PAGE>   50
            SCHWEITZER-MAUDUIT INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                  U.S. $ IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS
 
Series A Preferred Stock will have 100 votes, voting together with the Common
Stock. In the event of any merger, consolidation or other transaction in which
common shares are exchanged, each share of Series A Preferred Stock will be
entitled to receive 100 times the amount received per share of Common Stock. The
rights of the Series A Preferred Stock as to dividends, liquidation and voting
are protected by antidilution provisions.
 
     The Company's Equity Participation Plan (the "Plan") provides that eligible
employees may be granted stock options which, when exercised, give the recipient
the right to purchase the Company's Common Stock at a price no less than the
"fair market value" (as defined in the Plan) of such stock at grant date.
Options awarded under the Plan only become exercisable after specified periods
of employment after the grant thereof (30 percent after the first year, 30
percent after the second year and the remaining 40 percent after the third
year). Generally, such options expire ten years subsequent to the date of grant.
 
     SFAS No. 123 "Accounting for Stock Based Compensation" defines a fair value
based method of accounting for stock compensation, including stock options, to
employees. This statement provides entities a choice of recognizing related
compensation expense by adopting the fair value method or to measure
compensation using the intrinsic value method under Accounting Principles Board
Opinion No. 25 ("APB No. 25"). The Company has elected to continue to measure
compensation cost for stock options based on the intrinsic value method under
APB No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees". Payments in the form of
shares of the Company made to third parties, including the Company's outside
Directors, are recorded at fair value based on the market value of the Company's
common stock at the time of payment. Under APB No. 25, because the exercise
price of the Company's employee stock options equals the market price of the
underlying stock on the date of grant, no compensation expense is recognized.
SFAS No. 123 requires presentation of pro forma net income and earnings per
share as if the Company had accounted for its employee stock options under the
fair value method of that statement. For purposes of the pro forma disclosures,
the estimated fair value of the options is amortized to expense over the vesting
period. Under the fair value method, the Company's net income and earnings per
share would have been the pro forma amounts indicated below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1998    1997    1996
                                                              -----   -----   -----
<S>                                                           <C>     <C>     <C>
Net Income:
  As reported...............................................  $31.0   $45.3   $38.7
  Pro forma.................................................  $29.8   $44.3   $37.4
Basic net income per share:
  As reported...............................................  $1.94   $2.82   $2.41
  Pro forma.................................................  $1.86   $2.76   $2.33
Diluted net income per share:
  As reported...............................................  $1.92   $2.77   $2.38
  Pro forma.................................................  $1.84   $2.71   $2.31
</TABLE>
 
     The valuation under SFAS No. 123 was based on the Black-Scholes option
pricing model with the market value of the stock equal to the exercise price, an
estimated volatility over the ten year option term of 24 percent for the 1998
awards, 30 percent for the 1997 awards and 32 percent for the 1996 awards, a
risk-free rate of return based upon the zero coupon government bond yield, and
an assumed quarterly dividend of $0.15 per share. At both December 31, 1998 and
1997, 1,500,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock were reserved under the
Plan. At December 31, 1998 and 1997, there were 608,040 and 724,000 shares
available for future awards.
 
                                       50
<PAGE>   51
            SCHWEITZER-MAUDUIT INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                  U.S. $ IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS
 
     The following stock options were outstanding as of December 31, 1998, 1997
and 1996:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              1998                   1997                   1996
                                      --------------------   --------------------   --------------------
                                                 WEIGHTED-              WEIGHTED-              WEIGHTED-
                                                  AVERAGE                AVERAGE                AVERAGE
                                                 EXERCISE               EXERCISE               EXERCISE
                                      OPTIONS      PRICE     OPTIONS      PRICE     OPTIONS      PRICE
                                      --------   ---------   --------   ---------   --------   ---------
<S>                                   <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>
Outstanding at beginning of year....   764,360    $23.11      699,400    $22.09      598,800    $21.06
  Granted...........................   135,900     36.22       76,600     32.54      100,600     28.19
  Forfeited.........................   (19,940)    32.81           --                     --
  Exercised.........................   (11,940)    23.93      (11,640)    23.51           --
                                      --------               --------               --------
Outstanding at end of year..........   868,380     24.93      764,360     23.11      699,400     22.09
                                      ========               ========               ========
Options exercisable at year-end.....   655,200    $21.99      381,860    $21.60      179,640    $21.06
                                      ========               ========               ========
Weighted-average per share fair
  value of options granted during
  the year..........................  $  15.00               $  12.40               $   9.13
                                      ========               ========               ========
</TABLE>
 
     The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding
at December 31, 1998:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                OPTIONS OUTSTANDING                OPTIONS EXERCISABLE
                                       --------------------------------------    ------------------------
                                                      WEIGHTED-
                                                       AVERAGE      WEIGHTED-                   WEIGHTED-
                                                      REMAINING      AVERAGE                     AVERAGE
              RANGE OF                   NUMBER      CONTRACTUAL    EXERCISE       NUMBER       EXERCISE
           EXERCISE PRICES             OUTSTANDING      LIFE          PRICE      EXERCISABLE      PRICE
- -------------------------------------  -----------   -----------    ---------    -----------    ---------
<S>                                    <C>           <C>            <C>          <C>            <C>
$21.06 to $28.19.....................    671,380      6.9 years      $22.00        634,020       $21.64
$32.43 to $34.07.....................     92,700      8.3             32.88         21,180        32.55
$34.62 to $37.38.....................    104,300      9.1             36.72             --
                                         -------                                   -------
$21.06 to $37.38.....................    868,380      7.3 years      $24.93        655,200       $21.99
                                         =======                                   =======
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 9.  FOREIGN CURRENCY
 
     Foreign currency losses have arisen from settlement of transactions in
non-local currencies and the remeasurement of non-local currency denominated
monetary assets and liabilities into the currency of the country in which the
operation is domiciled. Such losses included in other income, net were nominal
in 1998, 1997 and 1996.
 
     Foreign currency risks arise from transactions and commitments denominated
in non-local currencies. These transactions and commitments may include the
purchase of inventories or property, plant and equipment, the sale of products
and the repayment of loans.
 
     Management selectively hedges the Company's foreign currency risks when it
is practical and cost effective to do so. The instruments are purchased from
well-known money center banks, insurance companies or government agencies
(counterparties). Usually the contracts extend for no more than 12 months,
although their contractual term has been as long as 18 months. Credit risks with
respect to the counterparties, and the foreign currency risks that would not be
hedged if the counterparties fail to fulfill their obligations under the
contracts, are minimal in view of the financial strength of the counterparties.
 
     Gains and losses on instruments that hedge firm commitments are deferred
and included in the basis of the underlying hedged items. Premiums paid for
options are amortized ratably over the life of the option. All other gains and
losses are included in period income or expense based on the period-end market
price of the instrument.
                                       51
<PAGE>   52
            SCHWEITZER-MAUDUIT INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                  U.S. $ IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS
 
     At December 31, 1998, there were outstanding forward contracts, which were
held for purposes other than trading, maturing at various dates in 1999, to
purchase $4.0 of various foreign currencies. These contracts have not given rise
to any significant net deferred gains or losses as of December 31, 1998.
 
NOTE 10.  COMMITMENTS
 
  Operating Leases
 
     Future minimum obligations under non-cancelable operating leases having an
initial or remaining term in excess of one year as of December 31, 1998 are less
than $1 annually over the next five years. Rental expense under operating leases
was $5.1, $4.0 and $3.9 for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996,
respectively.
 
  Other Commitments
 
     During 1998, PdM entered into a ten year agreement with one of its vendors
in connection with PdM's purchases of calcium carbonate, a raw material used in
the manufacturing of some paper products. The vendor has agreed to construct and
operate an on-site plant at the Quimperle, France mill. The cost to construct
the necessary building and equipment will be approximately $7. PdM has agreed to
annual minimum purchase commitments at prices which will vary according to
quantities consumed. If PdM buys less than the minimum purchase commitments, the
vendor can terminate the contract and require PdM to pay to the vendor the then
net book value of the building and equipment, determined using a straight-line
method of depreciation over the life of the agreement.
 
     Similarly, a vendor of SWM-B operates a calcium carbonate plant on-site at
the Pirahy, Brazil mill. Under that agreement, which will expire in 2006, the
net raw material prices vary according to the quantities produced, however,
SWM-B is committed to pay at least the monthly fixed costs of the calcium
carbonate plant which are less than $0.1 per month.
 
     Under each of the above agreements, the net raw material prices expected to
be paid are less than the net prices at which the raw material could otherwise
be purchased, and thus the commitments are not expected to result in losses.
Additionally, PdM's and SWM-B's current levels of calcium carbonate usage far
exceed their respective contractual minimum commitments.
 
     The Company has entered into certain other contracts for the purchase of
certain raw materials. Minimum purchase commitments, at current prices, are
approximately $0.7 in 1999. These purchase commitments are not expected to
result in losses.
 
     The Company has also entered into certain contracts for the purchase of
equipment and related costs in connection with its ongoing capital projects.
These commitments at December 31, 1998 totaled approximately $8.6.
 
     SWM-B has arrangements with local financial institutions through which
certain customers selected by SWM-B that desire extended payment terms can
obtain financing directly with such financial institutions. SWM-B negotiates the
terms of the financing and, upon agreement by all parties, SWM-B receives
immediate payment from the financial institution upon the sale of the related
product. Under these arrangements, SWM-B retains an unrecorded commitment to the
financial institutions in the event the customer defaults. SWM-B has total
arrangements available as of December 31, 1998 of approximately $9.1, of which
approximately $2.7 was being utilized.
 
                                       52
<PAGE>   53
            SCHWEITZER-MAUDUIT INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                  U.S. $ IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS
 
NOTE 11.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
     Under the terms of the Distribution, the Company assumed liability for and
agreed to indemnify Kimberly-Clark from litigation arising out of the operation
of the Businesses, including the following cases:
 
     - A purported class action, defining a class of plaintiffs who allegedly
       sustained injuries as a result of being exposed to tobacco smoke and
       respirable asbestos fibers, and three individual actions have been filed
       in the Circuit Court of Kanawha County, West Virginia in 1998 against
       several tobacco companies, tobacco industry trade associations and
       consultants, tobacco wholesalers and cigarette component manufacturers,
       including Kimberly-Clark and LTRI. The class representative and each
       individual plaintiff, respectively, seek compensatory damages of $2 to
       $3, punitive damages of $3 and, for class members, compensatory and
       punitive damages in an unspecified amount. Cleo Huffman, Denny L.
       Parsons, Linda Morris and Sinette Newkirk, the named plaintiffs in these
       actions, filed their respective complaints on February 13, 1998, February
       27, 1998, March 13, 1998 and July 22, 1998. The complaints allege several
       theories of liability against the defendants including negligence,
       product liability, misrepresentation, breach of warranty, conspiracy and
       other theories of liability. The Company has filed motions to dismiss
       that are currently pending in each of these cases.
 
     - In September 1998, Luanne Jividen and Jerry Jividen filed a complaint in
       the Circuit Court of Mason County, West Virginia against several tobacco
       companies, industry trade associations and consultants, tobacco
       wholesalers and cigarette component manufacturers, including
       Kimberly-Clark and LTRI, seeking equitable relief, $1 in compensatory
       damages and $3 in punitive damages for mental suffering, physical injury
       and loss of consortium allegedly sustained as a result of Ms. Jividen's
       contracting breast cancer as a result of her addiction to smoking
       Marlboro and other brands of cigarettes. The fourteen count complaint
       sets forth several theories of liability including willful and negligent
       misrepresentation, violations of state consumer protection laws, breach
       of express and implied warranties, intentional infliction of emotional
       distress, product liability, conspiracy, sale of an unreasonably
       dangerous product and accomplice liability.
 
     - In October 1998, Edward J. Sweeney, Stephen R. Micarek and Lisa A. Figura
       filed, in the Court of Common Pleas of Allegheny County, Pennsylvania, on
       behalf of themselves and certain residents of Pennsylvania, a purported
       class action against several tobacco companies, industry trade
       associations and consultants, tobacco wholesalers and retailers and
       cigarette component manufacturers, including Kimberly-Clark, seeking
       equitable relief and punitive damages for the class in an unspecified
       amount. The class consists of those Pennsylvania residents who,
       "commencing before age 18 . . . purchased, smoked . . . and continue to
       smoke cigarettes manufactured, marketed and sold by defendants". The five
       count complaint alleges that the defendants are liable to the plaintiffs
       under a number of theories, including product liability, consumer fraud,
       breach of special duty, negligence and civil conspiracy. Among other
       things, the complaint alleges that nicotine is an addictive substance,
       that the tobacco companies, by using reconstituted tobacco and other
       additives, are able to control the precise amount and/or the
       bioavailability of nicotine in their cigarettes and that LTRI, formerly a
       subsidiary of Kimberly-Clark, specializes in the tobacco reconstitution
       process and in helping tobacco companies control the nicotine in their
       cigarettes. The defendants have sought to remove the case to the U.S.
       District Court for the Western District of Pennsylvania. Plaintiff's
       motion to remand the case to state court is pending.
 
     As a component supplier, the Company believes that Kimberly-Clark has
meritorious defenses to each of these cases. LTRI also has meritorious defenses
to each of the cases in which it has been named as a defendant and will seek to
be dismissed from such actions on the grounds that it is not subject to the
personal jurisdiction of the West Virginia courts and also on the grounds that
it did not sell its products in the United States. Due to the uncertainties of
litigation, the Company cannot predict the outcome of these cases and is
                                       53
<PAGE>   54
            SCHWEITZER-MAUDUIT INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                  U.S. $ IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS
 
unable to make a meaningful estimate of the amount or range of loss which could
result from an unfavorable outcome of these actions. These cases will be
vigorously defended.
 
     During 1998, Kimberly-Clark was voluntarily dismissed, with prejudice, from
a purported tobacco class action brought by James E. McCune in 1997 in the
Circuit Court of Kanawha County, West Virginia, and, in December 1998, the
federal district court in Utah dismissed Kimberly-Clark, with prejudice, from a
tobacco class action brought by three union health and welfare funds.
 
     Also, the Company is involved in certain other legal actions and claims
arising in the ordinary course of business. Management believes that such
litigation and claims will be resolved without a material effect on the
Company's consolidated financial statements.
 
NOTE 12.  ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
 
     The Company's operations are subject to federal, state and local laws,
regulations and ordinances relating to various environmental matters. The nature
of the Company's operations expose it to the risk of claims with respect to
environmental matters, and there can be no assurance that material costs or
liabilities will not be incurred in connection with such claims. Based on the
Company's experience to date, the Company believes that its future cost of
compliance with environmental laws, regulations and ordinances, and its exposure
to liability for environmental claims, will not have a material adverse effect
on the Company's financial condition or results of operations. However, future
events, such as changes in existing laws and regulations, or unknown
contamination of sites owned, operated or used for waste disposal by the Company
(including contamination caused by prior owners and operators of such sites or
other waste generators) may give rise to additional costs which could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's financial condition or results of
operations.
 
     Prior to the Distribution, Kimberly-Clark was named a potentially
responsible party ("PRP") under the provisions of the U.S. Comprehensive
Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act ("CERCLA"), or analogous
state statutes, in connection with two waste disposal sites utilized by the
Company's Spotswood, New Jersey mill. Prior to the Distribution, the Spotswood
mill also responded to an information request by the New Jersey Department of
Environmental Protection and Energy ("NJDEP") with respect to another landfill
site allegedly used by the Spotswood mill. The Company has assumed
Kimberly-Clark's liabilities at each of these sites but does not believe that
any of these proceedings will result in the imposition of monetary sanctions or
have a material adverse effect on the Company's business or financial condition.
 
     The Company also assumed responsibility to administer a consent order
between Kimberly-Clark and the Massachusetts Department of Environmental
Protection ("MDEP") governing the post-closure care of the Willow Hill Landfill
in Lee, Massachusetts. The Company is obligated to maintain the integrity of the
cover and to sample groundwater by means of monitoring wells, in addition to
other long-term maintenance responsibilities for this former non-hazardous waste
disposal facility. Under the terms of a January 24, 1997 Administrative Consent
Order with MDEP, as amended ("Consent Order"), the Company was required to
reduce concentrations of landfill gases at the landfill property line to
specified levels by September 15, 1998. The Company has met the specified levels
at 22 of 26 gas monitoring wells, but four monitoring wells have not yet
attained such levels at 30 feet below ground level. Since such noncompliance
does not create a safety risk, the Company has applied to MDEP to modify the
Consent Order so that gas concentration measurements are restricted to 20 feet
below ground level and monitoring frequency is reduced to twice per month.
Pending a decision on the Company's request to modify the Consent Order, the
Company must continue to monitor gas concentrations at the property line as
specified in the Consent Order. Although the literal terms of the Consent Order
could subject the Company to penalties for failing to meet the September 15,
1998 deadline, the Company does not expect the imposition of penalties based on
the absence of a safety risk and current progress toward full compliance. The
estimated cost of the remaining corrective action and annual operating expenses
                                       54
<PAGE>   55
            SCHWEITZER-MAUDUIT INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                  U.S. $ IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS
 
expected to be incurred under the Consent Order, without the modifications
requested by the Company, is $0.2, which amount has been accrued as of December
31, 1998.
 
     On December 7, 1998, the Company's Lee mills received a Notice of
Enforcement Conference concerning self-reported exceedances of its National
Pollutant Discharge Elimination System Permit limit on biological oxygen demand
("BOD") for four consecutive months (June 1998 through September 1998). Company
representatives presented an action plan to MDEP that the Company believes will
prevent future exceedances of its BOD limits. MDEP proposed that the Company
enter into an Administrative Consent Order With Penalty that would detail the
corrective actions to be taken, a timeline for implementation and stipulated
penalties for any future, as well as past, violations. MDEP has proposed a total
penalty of fifteen thousand dollars for past exceedances of the BOD limits. The
Company does not believe that the cost of any corrective action or the amount of
any administrative penalties will have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business or financial condition.
 
     Certain of the Company's facilities comprising the Lee mills and the
Spotswood mill were subject to Title V of the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990
and were, therefore, required to apply for Operating Permits under that title.
The Columbia mill and the Niagara mill (portions of the Lee mills) received
final Title V Operating Permits on April 21, 1998 and May 4, 1998, respectively.
On February 4, 1999, the Spotswood mill filed an amended Operating Permit
Application in response to NJDEP's Notice of Administrative Incompleteness
issued to the mill. No material capital expenditures or operating expenses are
expected to be incurred by the U.S. business as a result of this permitting
process.
 
     The Company's U.S. operations were not impacted by the first phase of the
revised U.S. Environmental Protection Agency's ("EPA's") "Cluster Rules".
Subsequent phases of the Cluster Rules could impact the Company's U.S.
facilities; however, the potential impact cannot be estimated until after the
EPA proposes applicable requirements, if any.
 
     The Company incurs spending necessary to meet legal requirements and
otherwise relating to the protection of the environment at the Company's
facilities in the United States, France, Brazil and Canada. For these purposes,
the Company incurred total capital expenditures of $1.7 in 1998, and anticipates
that it will incur approximately $2 to $4 annually in 1999 and 2000. The major
projects included in these estimates include upgrading wastewater treatment
facilities at various locations and installation of ink solvent treatment
equipment in France. The foregoing capital expenditures are not expected to
reduce the Company's ability to invest in capacity expansion, quality
improvements, capital replacements, productivity improvements, or cost
containment projects, and are not expected to have a material adverse effect on
the Company's financial condition or results of operations.
 
NOTE 13.  BUSINESS SEGMENTS AND GEOGRAPHY
 
  Business Segment Reporting
 
     The Company has adopted SFAS No. 131, "Disclosures about Segments of an
Enterprise and Related Information". Information presented herein is in
accordance with this new disclosure standard and closely aligns with geographic
information presented by the Company in previous years.
 
     The Company is operated and managed based on the geographical location of
its manufacturing operations: the U.S., France and Brazil. These business
segments manufacture and sell cigarette, tipping and plug wrap papers, used to
wrap various parts of a cigarette, reconstituted tobacco products, and paper
products used in cigarette packaging, primarily to the tobacco industry. While
the products are comparable in each segment, they vary based on the
technological capabilities of each of the manufacturing operations and the
respective markets and customers served. Sales by a segment into markets
primarily served by a different
 
                                       55
<PAGE>   56
            SCHWEITZER-MAUDUIT INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                  U.S. $ IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS
 
segment occur where specific product needs cannot be cost effectively met by the
manufacturing operations in that segment.
 
     Tobacco industry products comprised 90 percent of the Company's
consolidated net sales in 1998, and 94 percent in 1997 and 1996. The Company's
non-tobacco industry products are a diverse mix of products, certain of which
represent commodity paper grades produced to maximize machine operations.
 
  Consolidated Operations by Segment
 
     For purposes of the segment disclosure in the following tables, the term
"United States" includes operations in the U.S. and Canada. The Canadian
operations only produce flax fiber used as raw material in the U.S. operations.
The Company's Brazilian operations acquired on February 2, 1998 and the
operations of the French business acquired on February 11, 1998 are included in
the Company's consolidated financial statements since the beginning of February
1998.
 
     Intercompany sales of products between segments are made at market prices
and are referred to as intersegment items. Expense amounts not associated with
segments are referred to as unallocated items. Assets reported by segment
represent assets which are directly used and an allocated portion of jointly
used assets. These assets include receivables from other segments and are
included in eliminations.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      NET SALES             OPERATING PROFIT       TOTAL ASSETS
                                               ------------------------   ---------------------   ---------------
                                                1998     1997     1996    1998    1997    1996     1998     1997
                                               ------   ------   ------   -----   -----   -----   ------   ------
<S>                                            <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>      <C>
United States................................  $186.0   $195.5   $212.3   $ 6.2   $21.2   $23.7   $156.3   $155.4
France.......................................   312.0    268.8    263.5    60.3    66.4    55.5    254.5    237.6
Brazil.......................................    57.9     N.A.     N.A.    (2.3)   N.A.    N.A.     67.3     N.A.
                                               ------   ------   ------   -----   -----   -----   ------   ------
         Subtotal............................   555.9    464.3    475.8    64.2    87.6    79.2    478.1    393.0
                                               ------   ------   ------
Intersegment sales by:
  United States..............................    (7.1)    (1.2)    (2.6)
  France.....................................    (2.1)    (2.5)    (1.9)
  Brazil.....................................      --     N.A.     N.A.
                                               ------   ------   ------
         Subtotal............................    (9.2)    (3.7)    (4.5)
                                               ------   ------   ------
Unallocated items and eliminations, net......      --       --       --    (5.1)   (5.7)   (5.2)    (3.4)    (2.0)
                                               ------   ------   ------   -----   -----   -----   ------   ------
              Consolidated...................  $546.7   $460.6   $471.3   $59.1   $81.9   $74.0   $474.7   $391.0
                                               ======   ======   ======   =====   =====   =====   ======   ======
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            CAPITAL SPENDING           DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION
                                        -------------------------     -------------------------------
                                        1998      1997      1996       1998        1997        1996
                                        -----     -----     -----     -------     -------     -------
<S>                                     <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>         <C>         <C>
United States........................   $ 9.2     $16.3     $18.5      $11.6       $ 6.8       $ 5.9
France...............................    25.3      19.5      33.0        9.5         7.6         7.5
Brazil...............................     2.2      N.A.      N.A.        3.7        N.A.        N.A.
                                        -----     -----     -----      -----       -----       -----
              Consolidated...........   $36.7     $35.8     $51.5      $24.8       $14.4       $13.4
                                        =====     =====     =====      =====       =====       =====
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
N.A. -- Not Applicable
 
  Consolidated Operations by Geographic Area
 
     Long-lived assets, excluding deferred income tax assets and certain other
deferred charges, were $102.9, $144.4 and $49.1 in the U.S., France and Brazil,
respectively, as of December 31, 1998, and $104.9 and $106.5 in the U.S. and
France, respectively at December 31, 1997.
 
                                       56
<PAGE>   57
            SCHWEITZER-MAUDUIT INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                  U.S. $ IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS
 
     For purposes of the geographic disclosure in the following table, net sales
are attributed to geographic locations based on the location of the Company's
direct customers.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     NET SALES
                                                              ------------------------
                                                               1998     1997     1996
                                                              ------   ------   ------
<S>                                                           <C>      <C>      <C>
United States...............................................  $156.2   $169.3   $180.9
Europe and the former Commonwealth of Independent States....   224.7    192.7    190.5
Asia/Pacific (including China)..............................    76.8     68.3     68.1
Latin America(1)............................................    67.4     10.5      7.5
Other foreign countries.....................................    21.6     19.8     24.3
                                                              ------   ------   ------
          Consolidated......................................  $546.7   $460.6   $471.3
                                                              ======   ======   ======
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
(1) Substantially all of the Company's net sales to Latin America were to
    customers in Brazil in each of the periods presented.
 
NOTE 14.  MAJOR CUSTOMERS
 
     Two of the Company's customers have accounted for a significant portion of
the Company's net sales in one or more of the last several years, and the loss
of one or both such customers, or a significant reduction in one or both of
these customers' purchases, could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's results of operations. Net sales to Philip Morris Incorporated
("Philip Morris"), together with its affiliates and designated converters,
accounted for approximately 28 percent, 36 percent and 35 percent, of total
consolidated net sales for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996,
respectively. As a result of the acquisition of the Brazilian business in 1998,
a substantial portion of whose sales are to a subsidiary of B.A.T. Industries
PLC ("BAT"), net sales to BAT, together with its affiliates and designated
converters, increased to approximately 14 percent of consolidated net sales for
the year ended December 31, 1998. For periods prior to 1998, BAT was a
significant customer, but accounted for less than ten percent of the Company's
consolidated net sales. Each of the Company's segments reported sales to these
customers for each of the respective periods reported above.
 
     The Company had sales to the minority shareholder of LTRI of $16.8, $14.0
and $18.4 in 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
 
     The Company's consolidated accounts receivable at December 31, 1998 and
1997 included balances from Philip Morris and BAT, together with their
respective affiliates and designated converters. The percentage of these
customers' balances of consolidated accounts receivable is approximately the
same as their respective percentages of consolidated net sales. The Company
performs ongoing credit evaluations on all of its customers' financial condition
and generally does not require collateral or other security to support customer
receivables.
 
                                       57
<PAGE>   58
            SCHWEITZER-MAUDUIT INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                  U.S. $ IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS
 
NOTE 15.  UNAUDITED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA AND COMMON STOCK INFORMATION
 
     The Company's Common Stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under
the ticker symbol "SWM". As of December 31, 1998, there were 7,690 stockholders
of record of the Company's Common Stock. This number does not include shares
held in "nominee" or "street" name.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           1998
                                                     ------------------------------------------------
                                                     FIRST    SECOND(1)   THIRD    FOURTH(2)    YEAR
                                                     ------   ---------   ------   ---------   ------
<S>                                                  <C>      <C>         <C>      <C>         <C>
Net Sales..........................................  $134.3    $144.0     $134.4    $134.0     $546.7
Gross Profit.......................................    31.1      27.7       26.7      20.6      106.1
Operating Profit...................................    20.6      15.6       15.2       7.7       59.1
Net Income.........................................  $ 10.0    $ 12.2     $  6.8    $  2.0     $ 31.0
Net Income Per Share:
  Basic............................................  $  .62    $  .76     $  .43    $  .13     $ 1.94
  Diluted..........................................     .61       .75        .43       .13       1.92
Cash Dividends Declared and Paid Per Share.........  $  .15    $  .15     $  .15    $  .15     $  .60
Market Price Per Share:
  High.............................................  $38.63    $35.38     $29.19    $22.19     $38.63
  Low..............................................   32.25     27.94      21.31     13.00      13.00
  Close............................................  $34.50    $29.00     $21.75    $15.44     $15.44
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           1997
                                                     ------------------------------------------------
                                                     FIRST     SECOND     THIRD     FOURTH      YEAR
                                                     ------   ---------   ------   ---------   ------
<S>                                                  <C>      <C>         <C>      <C>         <C>
Net Sales..........................................  $113.0    $116.3     $113.4    $117.9     $460.6
Gross Profit.......................................    30.8      33.5       30.3      27.3      121.9
Operating Profit...................................    21.0      22.9       20.6      17.4       81.9
Net Income.........................................  $ 11.3    $ 12.7     $ 11.2    $ 10.1     $ 45.3
Net Income Per Share:
  Basic............................................  $  .70    $  .79     $  .70    $  .63     $ 2.82
  Diluted..........................................     .69       .78        .68       .62       2.77
Cash Dividends Declared and Paid Per Share.........  $  .15    $  .15     $  .15    $  .15     $  .60
Market Price Per Share:
  High.............................................  $35.63    $40.63     $43.66    $44.50     $44.50
  Low..............................................   30.25     29.88      36.56     33.00      29.88
  Close............................................  $30.25    $37.50     $42.50    $37.25     $37.25
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
(1) Results for the second quarter 1998 included a deferred income tax benefit
    as a result of an adjustment of valuation allowances against French NOLs of
    $5.2, or $.32 per share, partially offset by a $1.7 pre-tax charge related
    to a restructuring of the Spotswood mill workforce, the net income effect of
    which was $(1.0), or $(.06) per share.
(2) Results for the fourth quarter 1998 included a $4.2 pre-tax charge, the net
    income effect of which was $(2.2), or $(.14) per share, related to
    write-downs of idled equipment and one-time labor payments.
 
                                       58
<PAGE>   59
 
             SCHWEITZER-MAUDUIT INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Schweitzer-Mauduit International,
Inc.:
 
     We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of
Schweitzer-Mauduit International, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1998
and 1997, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in
stockholders' equity, and cash flow for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997
and 1996. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits.
 
     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
     In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in
all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Schweitzer-Mauduit
International, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the
consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for the years
ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996 in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles.
 
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
 
Atlanta, Georgia
January 22, 1999
 
                                       59
<PAGE>   60
 
             SCHWEITZER-MAUDUIT INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
              MANAGEMENT'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR FINANCIAL REPORTING
 
     The management of Schweitzer-Mauduit International, Inc. is responsible for
conducting all aspects of the business, including the preparation of the
financial statements in this Annual Report. The financial statements have been
prepared using generally accepted accounting principles considered appropriate
in the circumstances to present fairly the Company's consolidated financial
position, results of operations and cash flows on a consistent basis. Management
also has prepared the other information in this Annual Report and is responsible
for its accuracy and consistency with the financial statements.
 
     As can be expected in a complex and dynamic business environment, some
financial statement amounts are based on management's estimates and judgments.
Even though estimates and judgments are used, measures have been taken to
provide reasonable assurance of the integrity and reliability of the financial
information contained in this Annual Report. These measures include an effective
control-oriented environment in which a company-wide internal control program
plays an important role, an Audit Committee of the Board of Directors which
oversees the financial reporting process, and independent audits. As part of
that responsibility, the Audit Committee recommended to the Board of Directors
the selection of the Company's independent public accountants, Deloitte & Touche
LLP.
 
     One characteristic of a control-oriented environment is a system of
internal control over financial reporting and over safeguarding of assets
against unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition, designed to provide
reasonable assurance to management and the Board of Directors regarding
preparation of reliable published financial statements and such asset
safeguarding. The system is supported with written policies and procedures and
contains self-monitoring mechanisms. Appropriate actions are taken by management
to correct deficiencies as they are identified. All internal control systems
have inherent limitations, including the possibility of circumvention and
overriding of controls, and therefore, can provide only reasonable assurance as
to financial statement preparation and such asset safeguarding. Management
believes the Company's system of internal control maintains an appropriate
cost-benefit relationship.
 
     The Company has also adopted a code of conduct which, among other things,
contains policies for conducting business affairs in a lawful and ethical manner
in each country in which it does business, for avoiding potential conflicts of
interest, and for preserving confidentiality of information and business ideas.
Internal controls have been implemented to provide reasonable assurance that the
code of conduct is followed.
 
     The financial statements have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP. During
their audits, the independent auditors were given unrestricted access to all
financial records and related data. Management believes that all representations
made to the independent auditors during their audits were valid and appropriate.
 
     During the audits conducted by the independent auditors, management
received minor recommendations to strengthen or modify internal controls in
response to developments and changes. Management has adopted, or is in the
process of adopting, all recommendations which are cost-effective.
 
/s/ Wayne H. Dietrich
Wayne H. Deitrich
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
 
/s/ Paul C. Roberts
Paul C. Roberts
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
 
January 22, 1999
 
                                       60
<PAGE>   61
 
                               PART II, CONTINUED
 
ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
         FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
 
     None.
 
                                    PART III
 
ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
 
     The section of the Company's Proxy Statement dated March 12, 1999 (the
"1999 Proxy Statement") captioned "Certain Information Regarding Directors and
Nominees" under "Proposal 1. Election of Directors" identifies members of the
Board of Directors of the Company and nominees, and is incorporated in this Item
10 by reference.
 
     See also "Executive Officers of the Registrant" appearing in Part I hereof.
 
ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
     The information in the section of the 1999 Proxy Statement captioned
"Executive Compensation" under "Proposal 1. Election of Directors" is
incorporated in this Item 11 by reference.
 
ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND
          MANAGEMENT
 
     The information in the sections of the 1999 Proxy Statement captioned
"Security Ownership of Management" and "Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial
Holders" under "Proposal 1. Election of Directors" is incorporated in this Item
12 by reference.
 
ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
 
     The information in the section captioned "Certain Transactions and Business
Relationships" under "Proposal 1. Election of Directors" of the 1999 Proxy
Statement is incorporated in this Item 13 by reference.
 
                                       61
<PAGE>   62
 
                                    PART IV
 
ITEM 14.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K
 
     (a) Documents filed as part of this report.
 
          (1) and (2) Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules:
 
           See the Index to Financial Statements included in Item 8 of Part II
           under the caption "FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA".
 
           Schedules have been omitted because they were not applicable or
           because the required information has been included in the financial
           statements or notes thereto.
 
          (3) Exhibits:
 
           See the Index to Exhibits that appears at the end of this document
           and which is incorporated by reference herein.
 
     (b) Reports on Form 8-K
 
          (i)  The Company filed a Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 8,
     1998, which reported the Company's expected third quarter 1998 earnings.
 
          (ii)  The Company filed a Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 3,
     1998, which reported that the Company's Board of Directors authorized the
     repurchase of the Company's common stock during the period January 1, 1999
     through December 31, 2000 in an aggregate amount not to exceed $20 million.
 
          (iii) The Company filed a Current Report on Form 8-K dated December
     18, 1998, which reported the Company's announcement of a fourth quarter
     1998 charge to earnings and expected fourth quarter 1998 earnings, and
     reiterated the share repurchase program reported on Form 8-K dated December
     3, 1998.
 
                                       62
<PAGE>   63
 
                                   SIGNATURES
 
     Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
                                       SCHWEITZER-MAUDUIT INTERNATIONAL, INC.
 
                                       By:      /s/ WAYNE H. DEITRICH
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                                    Wayne H. Deitrich
                                                Chairman of the Board and
                                                 Chief Executive Officer
                                              (principal executive officer)
 
Dated: March 4, 1999
 
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this
report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the
registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                        NAME                                      POSITION                   DATE
                        ----                                      --------                   ----
<C>                                                    <S>                              <C>
 
                /s/ WAYNE H. DEITRICH                  Chairman of the Board and        March 4, 1999
- -----------------------------------------------------    Chief Executive Officer
                  Wayne H. Deitrich                      (principal executive officer)
 
                 /s/ PAUL C. ROBERTS                   Chief Financial Officer          March 4, 1999
- -----------------------------------------------------    and Treasurer
                   Paul C. Roberts                       (principal financial officer)
 
               /s/ WAYNE L. GRUNEWALD                  Controller                       March 4, 1999
- -----------------------------------------------------    (principal accounting
                 Wayne L. Grunewald                      officer)
 
                          *                            Director                         March 4, 1999
- -----------------------------------------------------
                  Claire L. Arnold
 
                          *                            Director                         March 4, 1999
- -----------------------------------------------------
                   K.C. Caldabaugh
 
                          *                            Director                         March 4, 1999
- -----------------------------------------------------
                 Laurent G. Chambaz
 
                          *                            Director                         March 4, 1999
- -----------------------------------------------------
                 Richard D. Jackson
 
                          *                            Director                         March 4, 1999
- -----------------------------------------------------
                  Leonard J. Kujawa
 
                          *                            Director                         March 4, 1999
- -----------------------------------------------------
                Jean-Pierre Le Hetet
 
                          *                            Director                         March 4, 1999
- -----------------------------------------------------
                  Larry B. Stillman
 
             *By: /s/ WILLIAM J. SHARKEY                                                March 4, 1999
  -------------------------------------------------
                 William J. Sharkey
                  Attorney-In-Fact
</TABLE>
 
                                       63
<PAGE>   64
 
                     SCHWEITZER-MAUDUIT INTERNATIONAL, INC.
 
                           ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
 
                               INDEX TO EXHIBITS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.                                DESCRIPTION
- -----------                                -----------
<S>           <C>  <C>
 2.1          --   Distribution Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                   2.1 to Form 10/A Amendment 2, dated October 27, 1995).
 2.2          --   Stock Purchase Agreement by and between SWM, Souza Cruz S.A.
                   and Contab Participacoes Ltda. dated December 16, 1997 for
                   the purchase of Companhia Industrial de Papel Pirahy
                   (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Form 8-K, dated
                   February 2, 1998).
 3.1          --   Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to
                   Exhibit 3.1 to Form 10, dated September 12, 1995).
 3.2          --   By-Laws, as amended on and through February 27, 1996
                   (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company's
                   Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995).
 4.1          --   Form of Common Stock Certificate (incorporated by reference
                   to Exhibit 4.1 to Form 10/A Amendment 2, dated October 27,
                   1995).
 4.2          --   Rights Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2
                   to Form 10/A Amendment 2, dated October 27, 1995).
 10.1         --   Transfer, Contribution and Assumption Agreement
                   (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10/A
                   Amendment 2, dated October 27, 1995).
 10.2         --   Corporate Services Agreement (incorporated by reference to
                   Exhibit 10.2 to Form 10/A Amendment 2, dated October 27,
                   1995).
 10.3         --   Employee Matters Agreement (incorporated by reference to
                   Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10/A Amendment 2, dated October 27,
                   1995).
 10.4         --   Tax Sharing Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                   10.4 to Form 10/A Amendment 2, dated October 27, 1995).
 10.5         --   Outside Directors' Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to
                   Exhibit 10.5 to Form 10/A Amendment 2, dated October 27,
                   1995).
 10.6*        --   Annual Incentive Plan Amended and Restated as of February
                   25, 1999.
 10.7*        --   Equity Participation Plan Amended and Restated as of
                   February 25, 1999.
 10.8*        --   Long-Term Incentive Plan Amended and Restated as of February
                   25, 1999.
 10.9.1       --   Amended and Restated Agreement between Philip Morris
                   Incorporated and Schweitzer-Mauduit International, Inc. for
                   Fine Paper Supply, effective April 1, 1998+ (incorporated by
                   reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 10-Q for the
                   quarter ended September 30, 1998).
 10.9.2       --   Technology Ownership, Technical Assistance and Technology
                   License Agreement by and among Philip Morris Incorporated,
                   Philip Morris Products, Inc. and Schweitzer-Mauduit
                   International, Inc., effective April 1, 1998+ (incorporated
                   by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Form 10-Q for
                   the quarter ended September 30, 1998).
 10.10.1*     --   Supply Agreement between Companhia Industrial de Papel
                   Pirahy and Souza Cruz S.A. dated as of February 2, 1998+.
 10.11*       --   Supplemental Benefit Plan Amended and Restated as of
                   February 25, 1999.
 10.12*       --   Executive Severance Plan Amended and Restated as of February
                   25, 1999.
</TABLE>
 
                                       64
<PAGE>   65
                         INDEX TO EXHIBITS -- CONTINUED
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.                                DESCRIPTION
- -----------                                -----------
<S>           <C>  <C>
 10.13.1      --   Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated January 29, 1998
                   between the Company, as Borrower and Guarantor, SMF, as
                   Borrower, PdM Industries, as Borrower, SM-Spain, as
                   Borrower, the Banks named therein and Societe Generale, as
                   Agent (the "Amended and Restated Credit Agreement")
                   (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 to the Company's
                   Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1998).
 10.13.2*     --   Amendment No. 1, dated January 29, 1999, to the Amended and
                   Restated Credit Agreement.
 21.1*        --   Subsidiaries of the Company.
 23.1*        --   Independent Auditors' Consent.
 24.1*        --   Powers of Attorney.
 27.1*        --   Financial Data Schedule (for SEC use only).
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
* Filed herewith.
+ Exhibit has been redacted pursuant to a Confidentiality Request under Rule
  24(b)-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
 
                                       65

<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.6


                     SCHWEITZER-MAUDUIT INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                              ANNUAL INCENTIVE PLAN
                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                             As of February 25, 1999

1.  PURPOSE

         The purpose of this Annual Incentive Plan (the "Plan") of
Schweitzer-Mauduit International, Inc. (the "Company") is to further unite the
interests of the stockholders of the Company and its key executives through:

         (a) the annual establishment of Company objectives which are deemed by
the Company's Board to be in the best short-and long-range interests of the
Company, and

         (b) the annual payment of incentive awards to each Participant in the
form of a cash award, provided his or her performance has meaningfully
contributed to the attainment of the Company's objectives.

2.  EFFECTIVE DATE

         The Plan, as amended and restated, is adopted effective as of January
1, 1996.

3.  DEFINITIONS

         "Affiliate" means any company in which the Company owns 20% or more of
the equity interest (collectively, the "Affiliates").

         "Performance Percentage" means the respective percentages applicable to
achievement of the following benchmark Performance Levels for a given Objective
as follows: Threshold 50%, Target 100%, Outstanding 150%, Maximum 200%; and, if
actual performance of such Objective falls between any two of such benchmark
Performance Levels, the percentage amount applicable to the performance level
actually achieved will be prorated.

         "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

         "CEO" means the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

         "Change of Control" shall mean the date as of which: (a) a third
person, including a "group" as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, acquires actual or beneficial ownership of shares of the
Company having 15% or more of the total number of votes that may be cast for the
election of Directors of the Company; or (b) as the result of any cash tender or
exchange offer, merger or other business combination, sale of assets or
contested election, or any combination of the foregoing transactions (a
"Transaction"), the persons who were directors of the Company 



<PAGE>   2

before the Transaction shall cease to constitute a majority of the Board of
Directors of the Company or any successor to the Company.

         "Committee" means the Compensation Committee of the Board.

         "Control Measures" shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 8 of
this Plan.

         "Incentive Award" means the cash award payable to a Participant as
determined in accordance with Section 10 of this Plan and is the sum of the
Objective Awards for each Objective Area.

         "Measurement Period" means the fiscal year of the Company.

         "Objective Areas" means the general areas for which Objectives may be
established and shall include the Company Objective Area, Unit Objective Area
and Individual/Function Objective Area.

         "Objective(s)" means the objective(s) established for each Participant.

         "Participant" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5 of this
Plan.

         "Percentage Weighting" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7 of
this Plan.

         "Performance Levels" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6 of
this Plan.

         "Objective Award" shall mean the amount determined by multiplying a
Participant's base salary at the beginning of the Measurement Period, by the
Percentage Weighting applicable for the Objective Area, by the Performance
Percentage for the Performance Level achieved, and by the Target Incentive Award
Percentage.

         "Target Incentive Award Percentage" means the target percentage of a
Participant's base salary designated by the Committee in its sole discretion at
the beginning of the Measurement Period, which percentage need not be the same
for each Participant.

4.  ADMINISTRATION

         The Plan shall be administered by the Committee, which in its absolute
discretion shall have the power to interpret and construe the Plan, and to
resolve all questions arising hereunder. Any action by the Committee shall be
final and conclusive as to all individuals affected thereby.

         The Committee may delegate to any officer or employee such ministerial
or administrative duties relating to the Plan as deemed appropriate by the
Committee. No member of the Committee or the CEO shall be liable for any act
done or omitted to be



                                       2
<PAGE>   3

done in connection with the Plan, except for willful misconduct or as expressly
provided by statute.

5.  ELIGIBILITY

         The CEO, or the Committee in the case of the CEO and all officer
employees, shall, in his/its sole discretion, specify in writing for each
Measurement Period those officers and employees of the Company or any Affiliate
who shall be eligible to participate in the Plan (the "Participants") for such
Measurement Period based upon such Participants' opportunity to have a
substantial impact on the Company's operating results. Nothing contained in the
Plan shall be construed as or be evidence of any contract of employment with any
Participant for a term of any length, or as a limitation on the right of the
Company to discharge any Participant with or without cause. Notwithstanding the
foregoing and without otherwise limiting the Committee's or the CEO's discretion
to designate the officers and employees eligible to participate in the Plan, if
a Change of Control occurs in a Measurement Period prior to the date the
Objectives, Objective Areas, Performance Levels, Percentage Weightings, Control
Measures and Target Incentive Award Percentages are established for such
Measurement Period, the Objectives, Objective Areas, Performance Levels,
Percentage Weightings and Target Incentive Award Percentages shall be
established by the Committee for such Measurement Period for those officers and
employees who were Participants in the Plan in the immediately preceding
Measurement Period and such Objectives, Objective Areas, Performance Levels,
Percentage Weightings, Target Incentive Award Percentages and any Control
Measures established for such Participants shall be no less favorable than those
established for each such Participant in the immediately preceding Measurement
Period.

6.  OBJECTIVE AREAS AND PERFORMANCE LEVELS

         Prior to the beginning of each Measurement Period, or as soon
thereafter as reasonably practicable, Objective(s) shall be established for each
Participant in one or more Objective Areas.

         The Board shall establish the Objective(s) and any Control Measures in
the Company Objective Area. The CEO, or the Committee in the case of the CEO,
shall establish the Individual/Function Objective(s) and any Control Measures
for all other Objective Areas, unless otherwise determined by the Committee.

         For each Objective there shall be established performance levels
("Performance Levels") which, whenever possible, shall consist of successively
better standards or ranges, taking into consideration actual progress in the
Measurement Period, in accomplishing the objective(s). These Performance Levels
shall be defined as "Threshold", "Target", "Outstanding", and "Maximum".
Performance below the "Threshold" level shall not result in the payment of an
award.


                                       3
<PAGE>   4

         From time to time, it may be desirable to establish Objective(s) in
such a manner that specific Performance Levels cannot be defined. In such cases,
Performance Levels will be determined pursuant to Section 9 of this Plan.

         The Objective(s) in the Individual Objective Area for a Participant may
be defined to include specific target areas on which such Participant should
focus during the year.

         The original definition of any and all Objectives, Objective Areas,
Performance Levels, Percentage Weightings and Control Measures shall not be
changed during the Measurement Period, except by the approval of the person(s)
who originally approved the same. When changes in the Company's accounting or
internal reporting policies have the effect of making the financial results
between two periods not fairly comparable for the purpose of properly measuring
performance where Objectives are stated in financial terms, such results may be
adjusted in such manner as shall be deemed fair and appropriate by the person(s)
who originally approved the Objective.

         If during a Measurement Period, the Company, or any of its Affiliates,
purchases substantially all of the assets or shares of a business owned by any
other person or entity ("Business"), the earnings attributable to such Business,
which are included in the Company's consolidated income statement for the
Measurement Period, shall be taken into account in calculating achievement of
any earnings Objective for the Measurement Period.

7.  OBJECTIVE AREA WEIGHTINGS

         Coincident with the establishment of Objective Areas, Objectives and
Performance Levels, the CEO, or the Committee in the case of the CEO and all
employees who are officers of the Company, shall establish a percentage
weighting ("Percentage Weighting") applicable to each Objective Area, or, where
applicable, to each Objective within an Objective Area. The total of all
Percentage Weightings in all Objectives and/or Objective Areas for each
Participant shall be 100 percent.

8.  CONTROL MEASURES

         At the time the Objectives are established, there may also be
established certain conditions known as control measures ("Control Measures")
which are either personal as to one individual, or general as to a group of
individuals. Failure to fulfill a Control Measure may partially or totally
deprive the individual to whom the Control Measure applies of the right to
receive an award, notwithstanding the level of performance attained on any or
all Objectives, or in any or all Objective Areas.

9.  ASCERTAINMENT OF PERFORMANCE LEVELS

         The Performance Level actually attained with respect to any Objective
or Control Measure stated in financial terms, and the payment with respect
thereto, shall be



                                       4
<PAGE>   5

determined upon the completion of audited results of the Company and its
subsidiaries by the person(s) who originally approved or defined such Objective
or Control Measure, or the Committee if such person is no longer employed by or
a director of the Company.

         When specific Performance Levels have not been defined in the Company
Objective Area under Section 6 of this Plan, the Committee will determine the
Performance Level attained following the end of the Measurement Period.

         The Performance Level attained with respect to any other Objective Area
or Control Measure shall be determined and approved by the person(s) who
originally approved or defined such Objective or Control Measure (or the
Committee if such person is no longer employed by or a director of the Company)
following the end of the Measurement Period.

         Notwithstanding the above, the Committee may, in its sole discretion,
authorize that such determination of the Performance Levels attained be made
prior to the end of the Measurement Period, and that the payment of awards be
made pursuant to Section 12 of this Plan.

10.  AMOUNT OF INCENTIVE AWARD

         Except as otherwise hereinafter provided, the Incentive Award a
Participant is eligible to receive is the sum of the values attributable to
performance actually attained for each Objective or Objective Area ("Objective
Award"), as determined by the following paragraphs.

         The amount of Objective Award a Participant is eligible to receive
depends upon:

         (a) Participant's base salary,

         (b) the Percentage Weighting applicable to that Objective or Objective
             Area,

         (c) the Performance Percentage which applies as a consequence of the
             Performance Level attained in that area, and

         (d) the Target Incentive Award Percentage established for the
             Participant.

         The amount of the Objective Award for each Objective or Objective Area
shall be determined by multiplying (a) times (b) times (c) times (d).

11.  ADJUSTMENT OF INCENTIVE AWARD

         Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, in its sole and
absolute discretion, the amount of any Incentive Award may be adjusted by the
CEO, or the Committee in the case of the CEO and employees who are officers of
the Company, in his



                                       5
<PAGE>   6

or its sole discretion, to more accurately reflect an individual Participants's
performance during the Measurement Period.

         In the event of transfers to, from or between eligible positions, the
amount of the Incentive Award may be reviewed, and may be adjusted or prorated,
on such basis as shall be determined fair and appropriate by the Committee.

         Termination of employment for any reason other than Change of Control,
death, retirement, or total and permanent disability during the Measurement
Period shall result in a forfeiture of any Incentive Award attributable to
performance during the Measurement Period in which termination occurred.
Termination of employment because of a Participant's death, retirement or total
and permanent disability during the Measurement Period shall result in the pro
rata or other adjustment to the amount of the Incentive Award on such basis as
shall be determined to be fair and appropriate by the Committee. Termination of
employment within two years following a Change of Control shall result in the
payment of a pro rata portion of the Incentive Award at the Target Performance
Percentage, without regard to achievement or preestablished Objectives; however,
the Committee shall have the right to increase the Incentive Award payable upon
such termination as the Committee deems fair and appropriate.

         Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan, no Incentive Award shall be
paid to any Participant who, in any Measurement Period other than a Measurement
Period occurring within two years following a Change of Control, has discharged
the principal responsibilities of his or her position in an unsatisfactory
manner.

12.  PAYMENT OF INCENTIVE AWARDS

         Incentive Awards shall be paid in one lump sum in cash in the first
calendar quarter following the Measurement Period for which the Objectives were
established. Notwithstanding the above, the Committee may make payments at such
earlier times as it may, in its sole discretion, determine, and the Committee,
or the CEO, in their sole discretion, will make such determinations as to
performance, and establish procedures (including repayment of any overpayment
which is determined after the completion of the final audit), implementing such
early payment. The Company shall have the right to deduct from the payment any
taxes required by law to be withheld thereon.

13.  MISCELLANEOUS

         (a) Except as provided in this Plan, no right of any Participant shall
be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer,
assignment, pledge, encumbrance, charge, attachment, garnishment, execution,
levy, bankruptcy, or any other disposition of any kind, whether voluntary or
involuntary, prior to actual payment of an Incentive Award. No Participant or
any other person shall have any interest in any fund, or in any specific asset
or assets of the Company, by reason of an Incentive Award that has been made but
has not been paid or distributed.



                                       6
<PAGE>   7

         (b) The Board may, at any time, amend this Plan, order the temporary
suspension of its application, or terminate it in its entirety, provided,
however, that no such action shall adversely affect the rights or interests of
Participants theretofore vested hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this
Plan may not be amended, suspended or terminated within the two-year period
following a Change of Control.

         (c) The terms of the Plan shall be governed, construed, administered,
and regulated by the laws of the State of Georgia and applicable Federal law. In
the event that any provision of the Plan shall be determined to be illegal or
invalid for any reason, the other provisions shall continue in full force and
effect as if such illegal or invalid provision had never been included herein.





















Annual Inc. Plan Amended & Restated





                                       7

<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.7

                     SCHWEITZER-MAUDUIT INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                         1995 EQUITY PARTICIPATION PLAN
                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                             AS OF FEBRUARY 25, 1999

1.       PURPOSE

         This 1995 Equity Participation Plan (the "Plan") of Schweitzer-Mauduit
International, Inc. (the "Corporation") is intended to encourage those employees
who materially contribute to the success of the Corporation or of an Affiliate,
to acquire an ownership interest in the Corporation, thereby increasing their
motivation for and interest in the Corporation's or Affiliate's long-term
success.

2.       EFFECTIVE DATE

         The Plan is effective as of the date of its adoption by the Board,
subject to approval by the stockholders of the Corporation at the Corporation's
1996 Annual Meeting of stockholders.

3.       DEFINITIONS

         "Affiliate" means any company in which the Corporation owns 20% or more
of the equity interest (collectively, the "Affiliates").

         "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

         "Change of Control" shall mean the date as of which:(a) a third person,
including a "group" as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, acquires actual or beneficial ownership of shares of the Company
having 15% or more of the total number of votes that may be cast for the
election of Directors of the Company; or (b) as the result of any cash tender or
exchange offer, merger or other business combination, sale of assets or
contested election, or any combination of the foregoing transactions (a
"Transaction"), the persons who were directors of the Company before the
Transaction shall cease to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of
the Company or any successor to the Company.

         "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the
regulations thereunder, as amended from time to time.

         "Committee" means the Compensation Committee of the Board, provided
that if the requisite number of members of the Compensation Committee are not
Disinterested Persons, the Plan shall be administered by a committee, all of
whom are Disinterested Persons, appointed by the Board and consisting of two or
more directors with full authority to act in the matter. The term "Committee"
shall mean the Compensation Committee or the committee appointed by the Board,
as the case may be.


<PAGE>   2

         "Common Stock" means the common stock, par value $0.10 per share, of
the Corporation and shall include both treasury shares and authorized but
unissued shares and shall also include any security of the Corporation issued in
substitution, in exchange for, or in lieu of the common stock.

         "Disinterested Person" means a person who is so defined for purposes of
rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision, and who is also
defined as an "outside director" for purposes of section 162(m) of the Code or
any successor section.

         "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,
and the rules and regulations thereunder, as amended from time to time.

         "Fair Market Value" means the mean between the high and low sales
prices of the Common Stock, on the relevant date as reported on the composite
list used by the Wall Street Journal for reporting stock prices, or if no such
trading in the common stock shall have taken place on that day, on the last
preceding day on which there was such trading in the common stock.

         "Incentive Stock Option" means an Option which is so defined for
purposes of section 422 of the Code or any successor section.

         "Insider" has the meaning set forth in subsection 12(g) of this Plan.

         "Nonqualified Stock Option" means any Option which is not an Incentive
Stock Option.

         "Option" means a right to purchase a specified number of shares of
Common Stock at a fixed option price equal to no less than 100% of the Fair
Market Value of the Common Stock on the date the Option is granted pursuant to
an Option Agreement.

         "Option Agreement" means a written agreement entered into between the
Corporation and a Participant setting forth the terms and conditions applicable
to the Option granted to the Participant.

         "Option Price" has the meaning set forth in subsection 6(b) of this
Plan.

         "Participant" means an officer or employee who the Committee selects to
participate in and receive Options under this Plan (collectively, the
"Participants").

         "Retirement" and "Retire" means the termination of employment on or
after the date the Participant is entitled to receive immediate payments under a
qualified retirement plan of the Corporation or an Affiliate; provided, however,
if the Participant is not eligible to participate under a qualified retirement
plan of the Corporation or its Affiliates 



                                       2
<PAGE>   3

then such Participant shall be deemed to have retired if his termination of
employment is on or after the date such Participant has attained age 55.

         "SAR" has the meaning set forth in subsection 6(j) of this Plan.

         "Securities Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1933, as amended.

         "Total and Permanent Disability" means Totally and Permanently Disabled
as defined in the Schweitzer-Mauduit International, Inc. Retirement Plan,
provided the Committee shall make a determination of Total and Permanent
Disability for any Participant hereunder.

4.       ADMINISTRATION

         The Plan and all Options granted pursuant thereto shall be administered
by the Committee. The Committee, in its absolute discretion, shall have the
power to interpret and construe the Plan and any Option Agreements; provided,
however, that no action or determination may be made in a manner that would
result in the disallowance of a deduction to the Corporation under section
162(m) of the Code or any successor section. Any interpretation or construction
of any provisions of this Plan or the Option Agreements by the Committee shall
be final and conclusive upon all persons. No member of the Board or the
Committee shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith.

         Within 60 days following the close of each calendar year that the Plan
is in operation, the Committee shall make a report to the Board specifying the
employees who received Options under the Plan during the prior year, the number
of Options to the individual employees, and the status of prior Options.

         The Committee shall have the power to promulgate rules and other
guidelines in connection with the performance of its obligations, powers and
duties under the Plan, including its duty to administer and construe the Plan
and Option Agreements.

         The Committee may authorize persons other than its members to carry out
its policies and directives to the limitations and guidelines set by the
Committee, except that: (a) the authority to grant Options, the selection of
employees for participation and decisions concerning the timing, pricing and
amount of an Option shall not be delegated by the Committee; (b) the authority
to administer Options with respect to persons who are subject to section 16 of
the Exchange Act shall not be delegated by the Committee; (c) any delegation
shall satisfy all applicable requirements of rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act, or
any successor provision; and (d) no such delegation shall result in the
disallowance of a deduction to the Corporation under section 162(m) or any
successor section. Any person to whom such authority is granted shall continue
to be eligible to receive Options under the Plan.



                                       3
<PAGE>   4

5.       ELIGIBILITY

         The Committee shall from time to time select the Plan Participants from
those employees whom the Committee determines either to be in a position to
contribute materially to the success of the Corporation or Affiliate or to have
in the past so contributed. Only employees (including officers and directors who
are employees) of the Corporation and its Affiliates are eligible to participate
in the Plan. No incentive Stock Option may be granted to an employee of an
Affiliate unless such Affiliate is a corporation which the Corporation owns at
least 50% of the equity interest.

6.       OPTION TERMS

         The Committee shall determine and designate from time to time those
Participants to whom Options are to be granted and the number of shares of
Common Stock to be optioned to each. Such Options may be in the form of
Incentive Stock Options or in the form of Nonqualified Stock Options. After
granting an Option to a Participant, the Committee shall cause to be delivered
to the Participant an Option Agreement evidencing the granting of the Option.
The Option Agreement shall be in such form as the Committee shall from time to
time approve. The terms and conditions of all Options granted under the Plan
need not be the same, but all Options must meet the applicable terms and
conditions specified in subsections 6(a) through 6(h).

         (a) Period of Option. The period of each Option shall be no more than
10 years from the date it is granted.

         (b) Option Price. The Option price shall be determined by the
Committee, but shall not in any instance be less than the Fair Market Value of
the Common Stock at the time that the Option is granted (the "Option Price").

         (c) Vesting. The Option shall not be exercisable until at least one
year has expired after the granting of the Option, during which time the
Participant shall have been in the continuous employ of the Corporation or an
Affiliate. At any time during the period of the Option after the end of the
first year, the Participant may purchase up to 30 percent of the shares covered
by the Option; after the end of the second year, an additional 30 percent; and
after the end of the third year, the remaining 40 percent of the total number of
shares covered by the Option. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a
Change of Control the remaining portion of the Option shall become immediately
vested and exercisable in full.

         (d) Exercise upon Termination. If the Participant's employment with the
Corporation or an Affiliate is terminated for any reason other than death,
Retirement or Total and Permanent Disability, the Option shall be exercisable
only for three months following such termination (or the expiration of the
option term, if earlier) and only for the number of shares of Common Stock which
were exercisable on the date of such termination. A termination of employment
with the Corporation or an Affiliate to accept 



                                       4
<PAGE>   5

immediate reemployment with the Corporation or an Affiliate shall not be deemed
to be a termination of employment for purposes of the Plan.

         (e) Exercise after Death, Retirement and Disability. If a Participant
dies or becomes Totally and Permanently Disabled, without having exercised the
Option in full, the remaining portion of such Option may be exercised, without
regard to the limitations in subsection 6(c), within a period not to exceed (i)
three years from the date of any such death or Total and Permanent Disability or
(ii) the remaining period of the Option, whichever is earlier. Upon a
Participant's death, the Option may be exercised by the person or persons to
whom such Participant's rights under the Option shall pass by will or by
applicable law or, if no such person has such rights, by his executor or
administrator. If a Participant Retires without having exercised the Option in
full, the remaining portion of such Option may be exercised, without regard to
the limitations in subsection 6(c), within a period not to exceed (i) five years
or such longer period established by the Committee on the date the Option is
granted) from the date of such event or (ii) the remaining period of the Option,
whichever is earlier.

         (f) Non-transferability. During the Participant's lifetime, Options
shall be exercisable only by such Participant. Options shall not be transferable
other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution upon the
Participant's death. Notwithstanding anything in this subsection 6(e) to the
contrary, at the same time as Nonqualified Stock Options are granted the
Committee may also grant to designated Participants the right to transfer such
Options, to the extent allowed under rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act, subject to
terms and conditions of the Committee Rules on the date of grant.

         (g) Exercise; Notice Thereof. Options shall be exercised by delivering
to the Corporation, at the office of the Treasurer, written notice of the number
of shares with respect to which Option rights are being exercised and by paying
in full the Option Price of the shares at the time being acquired. Payment may
be made in cash, a check payable to the Corporation or in shares of Common Stock
transferable to the Corporation and having a Fair Market Value on the transfer
date equal to the amount payable to the Corporation. The date of exercise shall
be deemed to be the date the Corporation receives the written notice and payment
for the shares being purchased. A Participant shall have none of the rights of a
stockholder with respect to shares covered by such Option until the Participant
becomes the record holder of such shares; provided, however that the Participant
shall be deemed to be the record holder of shares as of the date an Option is
exercised with respect to such shares.

         (h) Purchase for Investment. It is contemplated that the Corporation
will register shares sold to Participants pursuant to the Plan under the
Securities Act. In the absence of an effective registration, however, a
Participant exercising an Option hereunder may be required to give a
representation that he/she is acquiring such shares as an investment and not
with a view to distribution thereof.

         (i) Limitations on Incentive Stock Option Grants.


                                       5
<PAGE>   6

                  (i) An Incentive Stock Option shall be granted only to an
         individual who, at the time the Option is granted, does not own stock
         possessing more than 10 percent of the total combined voting power of
         all classes of stock of the Corporation or Affiliates.

                  (ii) The aggregate Fair Market Value of all shares with
         respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first
         time by a Participant during any calendar year shall not exceed
         $100,000. The aggregate Fair Market Value of such shares shall be
         determined at the time the Option is granted.

         (j) Options for Nonresident Aliens. In the case of any Option awarded
to a Participant who is not a resident of the United States or who is employed
by an Affiliate other than an Affiliate that is incorporated, or whose place of
business is, in a State of the United States, the Committee may (i) waive or
alter the conditions set forth in subsections 6(a) through 6(h) to the extent
that such action is necessary to conform such Option to applicable foreign law,
or (ii) take any action, either before or after the award of such Option, which
it deems advisable to obtain approval of such Option by an appropriate
governmental entity; provided, however, that no action may be taken hereunder if
such action would (1) materially increase any benefits accruing to any
Participants under the Plan, (2) materially increase the number of securities
which may be issued under the Plan, (3) modify the requirements for eligibility
to participate in the Plan, (4) result in a failure to comply with applicable
provisions of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or the Code or (5) result in
the disallowance of a deduction to the Corporation under section 162(m) of the
code or any successor section.

         (k) Election to Receive Cash Rather than Stock.

                  (i) At the same time as Nonqualified Stock Options are granted
         the Committee may also grant to designated Participants the right to
         convert a specified number of shares of Common Stock covered by such
         Nonqualified Stock Options to cash, subject to terms and conditions of
         this subsection 6(k). For each such Option so converted, the
         Participant shall be entitled to receive cash equal to the difference
         between the Participant's Option Price and the Fair Market Value of the
         Common Stock on the date of conversion. Such a right shall be referred
         to herein as a Stock Appreciation Right ("SAR"). Participants to whom
         an SAR has been granted shall be notified of such grant and of the
         Options to which such SAR pertains. An SAR may be revoked by the
         Committee, in its sole discretion, at any time, provided, however, that
         no such revocation may be taken hereunder if such action would result
         in the disallowance of a deduction to the Corporation under section
         162(m) of the Code or any successor section.

                  (ii) A person who has been granted an SAR and who is an
         insider for purposes of section 16 of the Exchange Act may exercise
         such SAR during such



                                       6
<PAGE>   7

         periods as provided for in the rules promulgated under section 16 of
         the Exchange Act. The SAR shall expire when the period of the subject
         Option expires.

                  (iii) At the time a Participant pursuant to an SAR converts
         one or more shares of Common Stock covered by an Option to cash, such
         Participant must exercise one or more Nonqualified Stock Options, which
         were granted at the same time as the Option subject to such SAR, for an
         equal or greater number of shares of Common Stock. In the event that
         the number of shares and the Option Price per share of all shares of
         Common Stock subject to outstanding Options is adjusted as provided in
         section 9 hereof, the above SARs shall automatically be adjusted in the
         same ratio which reflects the adjustment to the number of shares and
         the Option Price per share of all shares of Common Stock subject to
         outstanding Options.

7.  SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

         The number of shares of Common Stock available with respect to Options
granted under this Plan shall not exceed 1,500,000 in the aggregate, subject to
the adjustment provision set forth in section 9 hereof. The shares of Common
Stock subject to the Plan may consist in whole or in part of authorized but
unissued shares or of treasury shares, as the Board may from time to time
determine. Shares subject to Options which become ineligible for purchase will
be available for grant under the Plan to the extent permitted by section 16 of
the Exchange Act (or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder) and to
the extent determined to be appropriate by the Committee.

8. INDIVIDUAL LIMITS

         The maximum number of shares of Common Stock covered by Options which
may be granted to any Participant within any 2 consecutive calendar year period
shall not exceed 400,000, in the aggregate. If an Option which had been granted
to a Participant is canceled, the shares of Common Stock which had been subject
to such canceled Option shall continue to be counted against the maximum number
of shares for which Options may be granted to the Participant. In the event that
the number of Options which may be granted is adjusted as provided in section 9
hereof, the above limits shall automatically be adjusted in the same ratio.

9. CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION

         In the event there are any changes in the Common Stock or the
capitalization of the Corporation through a corporate transaction, such as any
merger, any acquisition through the issuance of capital stock of the
Corporation, any consolidation, any separation of the Corporation (including a
spin-off or other distribution of stock by the Corporation), any reorganization
of the Corporation (whether or not such reorganization comes with the definition
of such term in section 368 of the Code), or any partial or complete liquidation
by the Corporation, recapitalization, stock dividend, stock split or other
change in the 



                                       7
<PAGE>   8

corporate structure, appropriate adjustments and changes shall be made by the
Committee, to the extent necessary to preserve the benefit to the Participants
contemplated hereby, to reflect such changes in (a) the aggregate number of
shares subject to the Plan, (b) the maximum number of shares for which Options
may be granted to any Participant, (c) the number of shares and Option Price per
share of all shares of Common Stock subject to outstanding options, and (d) such
other provisions of the Plan as may be necessary and equitable to carry out the
foregoing purposes; provided, however, that no such adjustment or change may be
made to the extent that such adjustment or change will result in the
disallowance of a deduction to the Corporation under section 162(m) of the Code
or any successor section.

10.  EFFECT ON OTHER PLANS

         All benefits under the Plan shall constitute special compensation and
shall not affect the level of benefits provided to or received by any
Participant (or the Participant's estate or beneficiaries) as part of any
employee benefit plan of the Corporation or an Affiliate. The Plan shall not be
construed to affect in any way a Participant's rights and obligations under any
other plan maintained by the Corporation or an Affiliate on behalf of employees.

11.  TERM OF THE PLAN

         The Plan shall remain in effect until the tenth anniversary of the date
of its adoption by the Board, unless the Plan is terminated prior thereto by the
Committee. No Option may be granted after the termination date of the Plan, but
Options theretofore granted shall continue in force beyond that date pursuant to
their terms.

12.  GENERAL PROVISIONS

                  (a) No Right of Continued Employment. Neither the
         establishment of the Plan nor the payment of any benefits hereunder nor
         any action of the Corporation, its Affiliates, the Board of Directors
         of the Corporation or its Affiliates, or the Committee shall be held or
         construed to confer upon any person any legal right to be continued in
         the employ of the Corporation or its Affiliates, and the Corporation
         and its Affiliates expressly reserve the right to discharge any
         Participant without liability to the Corporation, its Affiliates, the
         Board of Directors of the Corporation or its Affiliates, or the
         Committee, except as to any rights which may be expressly conferred
         upon a Participant under the Plan.

                  (b) Binding Effect. Any decision made or action taken by the
         Corporation, the Board or by the Committee arising out of or in
         connection with the construction, administration, interpretation and
         effect of the Plan shall be conclusive and binding upon all persons.


                                       8
<PAGE>   9

                  (c) Inalienability of Benefits and Interest. Except as
         provided in subsection 6(e), no benefit payable or interest in the Plan
         shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale,
         transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or charge, and any such
         attempted action shall be void and no such benefit or interest shall be
         in any manner liable for or subject to debts, contracts, liabilities,
         engagements, or torts of any Participant or beneficiary.

                  (d) Georgia Law to Govern. All questions pertaining to the
         construction, interpretation, regulation, validity and effect of the
         provisions of the Plan shall be determined in accordance with the laws
         of the State of Georgia.

                  (e) Purchase of Common Stock. The Corporation and its
         Affiliates may purchase from time to time shares of Common Stock in
         such amounts as they may determine for purposes of the Plan. The
         Corporation and its Affiliates shall have no obligation to retain, and
         shall have the unlimited right to sell or otherwise deal with for their
         own account, any shares of Common Stock purchased pursuant to this
         paragraph.

                  (f) Use of Proceeds. The proceeds received by the Corporation
         from the sale of Common Stock pursuant to the exercise of Options shall
         be used for general corporate purposes.

                  (g) Withholding. The Committee shall require the withholding
         of all taxes as required by law. A Participant shall pay in cash any
         amount required to be withheld under federal, state or local law with
         respect to the exercise of an Option or may elect to have any portion
         of the federal, state or local income tax withholding required with
         respect to an exercise of a Nonqualified Stock Option satisfied by
         tendering to the Corporation shares of Common Stock, which, in the
         absence of such an election, would have been issued to such Participant
         in connection with such exercise. In the event that the value of the
         shares of Common Stock tendered to satisfy the withholding tax required
         with respect to an exercise exceeds the amount of such tax, the excess
         of such market value over the amount of such tax shall be returned to
         the Participant, to the extent possible, in whole shares of Common
         Stock, and the remainder in cash. The value of a share of Common Stock
         tendered pursuant to this subsection 12(g) shall be the Fair Market
         Value of the Common Stock on the date on which such shares are tendered
         to the Corporation. An election pursuant to this subsection 12(g) shall
         be made in writing and signed by the Participant. An election pursuant
         to this subsection 12(g) is irrevocable. A Participant who exercises an
         Option and who is required to report to the Securities and Exchange
         Commission under section 16(a) of the Exchange Act (an "Insider") may
         satisfy the income tax withholding due in respect of such exercise
         pursuant to this subsection 12(g) by withholding shares under the
         Option only if the Insider also satisfies an exemption under section
         16(a) of the Exchange Act (or the rules or regulations promulgated
         thereunder) for such withholding.


                                       9
<PAGE>   10

                  (h) Amendments. The Committee may at any time amend, suspend,
         or discontinue the Plan or alter or amend any or all Options and Option
         Agreements under the Plan to the extent (1) permitted by law, (2)
         permitted by the rules of any stock exchange on which the Common Stock
         or any other security of the Corporation is listed, (3) permitted under
         applicable provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act
         (including rule 16b-3) and (4) that such action would not result in the
         disallowance of a deduction to the Corporation under section 162(m) of
         the Code or any successor section (including the rules and regulations
         promulgated thereunder); provided, however, that if any of the
         foregoing requires the approval by stockholders of any such amendment,
         suspension or discontinuance, then the Committee may take such action
         subject to the approval of the stockholders. Except as provided in
         subsection 6(i) no such amendment, suspension, or termination of the
         Plan shall, without the consent of the Participant, adversely alter or
         change any of the rights or obligations under any Options or other
         rights previously granted the Participant under the Plan.














                                       10

<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.8


                     SCHWEITZER-MAUDUIT INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                            LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                             AS OF FEBRUARY 25, 1999


1.       PURPOSE

         The purpose of this Long-Term Incentive Plan (the "Plan") of
Schweitzer-Mauduit International, Inc. (the "Company") is to promote the
long-term financial success of the Company by:

         (a) attracting and retaining executive personnel of outstanding
ability;

         (b) strengthening the Company's capability to develop, maintain and
direct a competent management team; and

         (c) motivating executive personnel by means of performance-related
incentives to achieve longer-range performance goals.

2.       EFFECTIVE DATE

        The Plan is adopted effective as of January 1, 1996, subject to approval
by the stockholders of the Company at the Company's 1996 Annual Meeting of
stockholders.

3.       DEFINITIONS

         "Affiliate" means any company in which the Company owns 20% or more of
the equity interest (collectively, the "Affiliates").

         "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

         "Change of Control" shall mean the date as of which: (a) a third
person, including a "group" as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act
of 1934, acquires actual or beneficial ownership of shares of the Company having
15% or more of the total number of votes that may be cast for the election of
Directors of the Company; or (b) as the result of any cash tender or exchange
offer, merger or other business combination, sale of assets or contested
election, or any combination of the foregoing transactions (a "Transaction"),
the persons who were directors of the Company before the Transaction shall cease
to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company or any
successor to the Company.

         "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the
regulations thereunder, as amended from time to time.



<PAGE>   2

         "Committee" means the Compensation Committee of the Board, provided
that if the requisite number of members of the Compensation Committee are not
Disinterested Persons, the Plan shall be administered by a committee, all of
whom are Disinterested Persons, appointed by the Board and consisting of two or
more directors with full authority to act in the matter. The term "Committee"
shall mean the Compensation Committee or the committee appointed by the Board,
as the case may be.

         "Disinterested Person" means a person who is defined as an "outside
director" for purposes of section 162(m) of the Code or any successor section.

         "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,
and the rules and regulations thereunder, as amended from time to time.

         "Participant" means an officer or employee who the Committee selects to
participate in this Plan (collectively, the "Participants") in accordance with
Section 5 of this Plan.

         "Potential Change of Control" shall mean the date as of which: (a) the
Company enters into an agreement the consummation of which, or the approval by
shareholders of which, would constitute a Change of Control; (b) proxies for the
election of Directors of the Company are solicited by anyone other than the
Company; (c) any person (including, but not limited to, any individual,
partnership, joint venture, corporation, association or trust) publicly
announces an intention to take or to consider taking actions which, if
consummated, would constitute a Change of Control; or (d) any other event occurs
which is deemed to be a Potential Change of Control by the Board and the Board
adopts a resolution to the effect that a Potential Change of Control has
occurred.

         "Performance Cycle" or "Cycle" means each three-year period, as
determined by the Committee, during which the performance of the Company is
measured for the purposes of determining the extent to which the Performance
Units which have been contingently allotted for such Cycle may be earned.

         "Performance Goals" means the objectives for the Company established by
the Committee for a Performance Cycle, for the purpose of determining the extent
to which Performance Units which have been contingently allotted for such Cycle
are earned.

         "Performance Units" means the units contingently awarded for a
Performance Cycle to Participants under this Plan.

         "Retirement" and "Retire" means the termination of employment on or
after the date the Participant is entitled to receive immediate payments under a
qualified retirement plan of the Company or an Affiliate; provided, however, if
the Participant is not eligible to participate under a qualified retirement plan
of the Company or its Affiliates then such Participant shall be deemed to have
retired if his termination of employment is on or after the date such
Participant has attained age 55.



                                       2
<PAGE>   3

         "Threshold" means the minimum level of performance in relation to the
Performance Goals for which any Performance Units may be earned.

         "Total and Permanent Disability" means Totally and Permanently Disabled
as defined in the Schweitzer-Mauduit International, Inc. Retirement Plan,
provided the Committee shall make a determination of Total and Permanent
Disability for any Participant hereunder.

4.       ADMINISTRATION

         The Plan shall be administered by the Committee, which in its absolute
discretion, shall have the power to interpret and construe the Plan, and to
resolve all questions arising hereunder. Any action by the Committee shall be
final and conclusive as to all individuals affected thereby.

         The Committee shall have sole and complete authority to determine the
employees to whom Performance Units shall be allotted for each Performance
Cycle, to determine the basis for measuring the value of such Performance Units,
and to determine the number of such Performance Units, if any, to be allotted to
each Participant. Performance Units may be based on such unit of value as the
Committee may in its sole discretion designate.

         The Committee may delegate to any director, officer, or employee such
ministerial or administrative duties relating to the Plan as deemed appropriate
by the Committee; provided that such delegation does not result in the
disallowance of a deduction to the Company under section 162(m) of the Code or
any successor section. No member of the Board or of the Committee shall be
liable for any act done or omitted to be done by such member or by any other
member in connection with the Plan, except for such member's own willful
misconduct or as expressly provided by statute.

5.       ELIGIBILITY

         The Committee shall, in its sole discretion, specify in writing for
each Performance Cycle those officers and employees of the Company or any
Affiliate who shall be eligible to participate in the Plan for such Performance
Cycle based upon such Participants' ability to have a substantial impact on the
Company's longer-term results. Only employees of the Company and its Affiliates
are eligible to participate in the Plan. Nothing contained in the Plan shall be
construed as or be evidence of any contract of employment with any Participant
for a term of any length, or as a limitation on the right of the Company to
discharge any Participant with or without cause.

6.       PERFORMANCE UNITS AND PERFORMANCE GOALS

         Any Performance Units allotted to a Participant shall be credited to a
bookkeeping account to be maintained by the Company for such Participant. At the
start of each Cycle, the Committee shall establish the value of each Performance
Unit to be allotted for the Cycle.

         The Committee shall establish Performance Goals for each Cycle to
accomplish such objectives as the Committee may from time to time determine;
provided that where applicable, 



                                       3
<PAGE>   4

such Performance Goals shall be established so as not to result in the
disallowance of a deduction to the Company under section 162(m) of the Code or
any successor provision (including the rules and regulations promulgated
thereunder). The Committee may establish different Performance Goals for
different Participants. Such Performance Goals may be based on one or more of
the following criteria: compounded growth in operating profit; compounded growth
in gross revenues; net income; return on equity; cash flow; and total
shareholder return. During any Cycle, the Committee may adjust the Performance
Goals for such Cycle as it deems appropriate in recognition of unusual or
non-recurring events experienced by the Company during the Cycle; provided,
however, that no such adjustments will be made which would result in the
disallowance of a deduction to the Company under section 162(m) of the Code or
any successor section (including the rules and regulations promulgated
thereunder).

         To recognize a range of Company performance, participants may earn from
75% to 150% of the Performance Units allocated to them as specified by the
Committee, based upon actual Company performance compared to the specified
Performance Goals. At Threshold, 75% of the Performance Units will be earned. No
Performance Units will be earned for performance below Threshold. Target
performance will result in a Participant earning 100% of the Performance Units.
Maximum performance will result in a Participant earning 150% of the allocated
Performance Units.

7.       DETERMINATION AND PAYMENT OF PERFORMANCE UNITS

         (a) The Committee shall determine the number of Performance Units which
have been earned by each Participant for the Cycle on the basis of the Company's
performance in relation to the established Performance Goals.

         (b) Payment in respect of the Performance Units which are earned by a
Participant shall be made in one lump sum in cash in the first calendar quarter
following the end of the Performance Cycle for which the Performance Units were
earned or within 60 days following termination of employment in the event of a
termination within two years following a Change of Control. The Company shall
have the right to deduct from the payment any taxes required by law to be
withheld thereon.

         (c) Termination of employment for any reason other than Change of
Control, death, Retirement or Total and Permanent Disability during a
Performance Cycle will result in a forfeiture of any award attributable to
performance during the Performance Cycle in which termination occurred.
Termination of employment due to death, Retirement or Total and Permanent
Disability shall result in the payment of a pro rata portion of the Performance
Units allotted to the Participant that the Participant would have earned if the
Participant had remained employed until the end of each Performance Cycle during
which such termination occurred. Termination of employment within two years
following a Change of Control will result in the payment of a pro rata portion
of the Performance Units allotted to the Participant based upon Target
performance. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event a
Participant's employment is involuntarily terminated by the Company or an
Affiliate or the Participant is constructively discharged from his employment
with the Company or an Affiliate 



                                       4
<PAGE>   5

within two years following a Potential Change of Control, such Participant shall
be entitled to payment of a pro rata portion of the Performance Units allotted
to the Participant based upon Target performance. For purposes of this Plan, a
constructive discharge shall include, but not be limited to, any of the
following actions taken by the Company or an Affiliate without the Participant's
written consent following a Potential Change of Control: (a) the assignment of
duties inconsistent with, or the reduction of the powers, duties,
responsibilities, and prerogatives associated with, the Participant's position,
office, and status with the Company or an Affiliate; (b) a demotion of the
Participant or any removal of the Participant from or failure to re-elect or
reappoint the Participant to any title or office; (c) a reduction in the
Participant's base salary or bonus potential or the Company's or an Affiliate's
failure to increase the Participant's base salary (within 12 months of the
Participant's last increase in base salary); and (d) any other similar actions
or inactions by the Company or an Affiliate.

8.       MAXIMUM AWARD

         The maximum cash award paid under this Plan to any Participant for any
Performance Cycle will be limited to the lesser of (a) 100% of the Participant's
highest annual base salary during such Performance Cycle or (b) $600,000.

9.       MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

         (a) Except as provided in this Plan, no right of any Participant shall
be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer,
assignment, pledge, encumbrance, charge, attachment, garnishment, execution,
levy, bankruptcy, or any other disposition of any kind, whether voluntary or
involuntary, prior to actual payment of a Performance Unit award. No Participant
or any other person shall have any interest in any fund, or in any specific
asset or assets of the Company, by reason of a Performance Unit award that has
been made but has not been paid or distributed.

         (b) The Board may, at any time, amend this Plan, order the temporary
suspension of its application, or terminate it in its entirety, provided,
however, that no such action (1) shall adversely affect the rights or interests
of Participants theretofore earned hereunder or (2) would result in the
disallowance of a deduction to the Company under section 162(m) of the Code or
any successor section (including the rules and regulations promulgated
thereunder).

         (c) The terms of the Plan shall be governed, construed, administered,
and regulated by the laws of the state of Georgia and applicable federal law. In
the event that any provision of the Plan shall be determined to be illegal or
invalid for any reason, the other provisions shall continue in full force and
effect as if such illegal or invalid provision had never been included herein.



                                       5

<PAGE>   1
                                                                 EXHIBIT 10.10.1


                                                                               4
                                                              ____ DECEMBER 1997

                                SUPPLY AGREEMENT

This Agreement is made between on one side, COMPANHIA INDUSTRIAL DE PAPEL PIRAHY
("Supplier") and, on the other side, SOUZA CRUZ S.A. ("Purchaser").

NOW THEREFORE, the Parties have agreed and contracted. as follows:

                                        I
                                     Purpose

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, Supplier agrees to supply
to Purchaser [********] for those types and grades of cigarette related paper
specified in Annex I (including any update of such Annex pursuant to Clauses V
and VIII) ("THE PRODUCTS") and Purchaser agrees to purchase from Supplier
[********] for the Products according to the terms of this Agreement.

                                       II
                                     Volume

(a)      Purchaser has indicated to Supplier in Annex 2 the current forecast of
         its projected requirements for the Products for the calendar year
         beginning 1 January 1998. Such forecast will be updated on an annual
         basis during the life of this Agreement in accordance with Clause VII.
         It will not form the basis of a commitment on the part of Purchaser to
         purchase the amount stated in the forecast.

(b)      Purchaser shall purchase [********] for Products from Supplier.
         Supplier commits to manufacture and to supply to Purchaser and
         Purchaser commits to buy from Supplier the quantities of Products
         specified in the orders referred to in Clause VII (b) ("THE GUARANTEED
         VOLUME").

(c)      If any two monthly order from Purchaser exceeds the output capacity or
         available stocks of Supplier, Supplier will be entitled, but not
         obliged, to meet such excess from any other source from within its own
         Group (as defined below). If Supplier is unable, or elects not to meet
         such excess from within its own Group, it will notify Purchaser within
         the first week of such two monthly cycle and thereafter Purchaser shall
         be entitled to obtain from any other person only such quantity of the
         Product as Supplier is unable or elects not to supply. Purchaser will
         have no right of termination on the grounds that Supplier has not
         supplied such excess quantities of the Product.

"CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE
24B-2, PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS."

<PAGE>   2

         "Group" means, in relation to any company, that company and any company
         under common ownership or control with or which owns or controls such
         company.

                                       III
                              Price and Sale Terms

(a)      The price per tonne for each of the types and grades of Products
         specified in Annex I will be the [********] (as defined in sub-clause
         (c)) for such type or grade, [********] which will be paid in Reais
         (the "Invoice Price").

(b)      As used herein, [********]

(c)      Subject to sub-clause (e) the [********] will be in US dollars, will be
         [********] of this Agreement and thereafter for each succeeding
         [********] and will be comprised of the aggregate of the [********] and
         the [********] which would be applicable to [********]. At the
         beginning of each succeeding [********] the Parties agree to
         re-negotiate the [********] so that on the first day of such period the
         [********] is the same as the [********] on such date.

 (d)     Subject to sub-clause (e) for the [********] beginning on the date of
         this Agreement the [********] for each type and grade of Product shall
         be as set out in Annex 5.

(e)      The [********] may be [********] at any time within each [********]
         period if:

         (i)     [********]

         (ii)    [********]

         (iii)   [********]

(f)      If, due to any [********] as per (e) (iii) above, the resulting
         [********] turns out to be higher or lower than the [********] at the
         start of the [********] following the adjustment, the Parties will
         [********] to reflect the current [********].

(g)      In circumstances where Supplier is unwilling to accept the [********]
         suggested by Purchaser, Supplier will be entitled to receive
         verification of [********] from Seller by [********]. To the extent
         that the Parties are still unable to agree following delivery of such
         [********] either Party shall be entitled to have the dispute referred
         to an auditor from an internationally recognised local firm of
         chartered accountants (the identity of whom will be agreed upon by the
         Parties at the beginning of each year of the Agreement unless both
         Parties subsequently agree otherwise). The Parties thereafter agree to
         be bound by the decision of such auditor as to the [********] at such
         time.

"CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE
24B-2, PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS."

<PAGE>   3

(h)      Supplier agrees with Purchaser that it will not, during the continuance
         of this Agreement, [********].

(i)      At the end of each month [********] of this Agreement, [********].

                                       IV
                                     Quality

(a)      The Purchaser shall not be obliged to buy any quantity of the Products
         which do not meet the specifications set out in Annex I or any
         amendment thereto made in accordance with Clauses V and VIII.

(b)      Purchaser shall be entitled to reject any quantity of the Products
         which does not meet the criteria referred to in sub-clause (a) above,
         subject to Sellers verification of the stated defect. Sellers sole
         obligation shall be to replace Product not meeting the criteria
         referred to in sub-clause (a) and, in no event shall Supplier be liable
         to Purchaser for damages of any nature or kind whatsoever arising out
         of or relating to such defective Product. Payment of any part of the
         purchase price shall not affect Purchasers right of rejection. Subject
         to Clause X (a) (i), if Supplier or any member of Suppliers Group is
         unable to resupply expeditiously Product which does meet the criteria
         referred to in sub-clause (a) above, Purchaser shall be entitled to
         obtain such Product from such third parties as it chooses. Seller shall
         not be liable to Purchaser for any portion of the price Purchaser must
         pay to obtain supply from such third party or, for other damages of any
         kind whatsoever.

(c)      Purchaser and Seller shall work together to ensure that the Products
         optimise the speed and performance of Purchasers machines, and to
         achieve enhancement in product quality, product technology and security
         of supply.

                                        V
                          New Products and Improvements

(a)      If, at any time during the term of this Agreement, Purchaser wishes to
         purchase cigarette related paper with different specifications from
         that currently manufactured as referred to in Annex I ("NEW PRODUCT"),
         Purchaser must first request Supplier to supply such paper.

(b)      To the extent that:

         (i)      Supplier or any member of Supplier's Group has such New
                  Product commercially available and elects and is able to
                  deliver such New Product within the time period reasonably
                  required by Purchaser it will, thereafter, 

"CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE
24B-2, PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS."

<PAGE>   4

                  be deemed to be Product, will become part of the Guaranteed
                  Volume and Annexes I and 2 will be amended accordingly;

         (ii)     neither Supplier nor any member of its Group has the New
                  Product commercially available Supplier will be given
                  [********] to decide whether it wishes to develop such New
                  Product (including the modification of any similar existing
                  product). If Supplier agrees to develop the New Product, the
                  Parties will agree on specifications and a product development
                  program for the New Product, including a time frame for
                  development and production. When the New Product meets the
                  specifications, it will be deemed to be Product, will
                  thereafter become part of the Guaranteed Volume and Annexes I
                  and 2 will be amended accordingly.

(c)      Supplier and Purchaser will agree on the price for each New Product
         (which shall thereafter be the [********]) based on factors such as the
         [********].

(d)      During the period between the original request by Purchaser, pursuant
         to sub-clause (a) above, and production of the New Product by Supplier,
         Purchaser will be entitled to purchase its requirement for such paper
         from such third parties as it chooses only in such quantities as
         Purchaser shall require for use during this period. If Supplier decides
         not to develop such New Product or fails to develop and produce it
         within the agreed time frame Purchaser shall thereafter be entitled to
         purchase such paper from third parties in such quantities as it
         chooses.

(e)      The Parties agree to consult with each other from time to time in order
         to ensure that the specification of the Products set out in Annex 1
         represents best industry practice. Supplier agrees that it will, to the
         extent that it is able to do so [********].

(f)      Supplier will only use skilled employees, as determined in Supplier's
         sole discretion, for the purpose of fulfilling its obligations under
         this Agreement and will, jointly with the Purchaser, set up a programme
         of activity aimed at continuous improvement of the security of supply,
         the levels of Product quality and customer services and at reducing
         costs for both Supplier and Purchaser. The Parties will work together
         to develop mutually agreeable objectives to (i) improve the quality and
         increase the efficiency of the Products, and (ii) make such other joint
         efforts as the Parties shall deem appropriate.

(g)      If Purchaser's volume of Product purchased from Supplier declines by
         more than [********] as a result of changes in the Specifications, the
         Parties shall [********].

                                       VI
                         Force Majeure and Recovery Plan

"CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE
24B-2, PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS."

<PAGE>   5

(a)      The Parties shall, at all times during the life of this Agreement,
         maintain in force the recovery plan existing immediately prior to the
         date of this Agreement as set out in Annex 4, covering the procedures
         to be followed if Supplier is not able to meet its commitments to
         Purchaser due to events of Force Majeure (as defined below). The
         recovery plan shall be updated annually by agreement between the
         Parties.

         "Force Majeure" means any circumstances beyond the control of the
         relevant Party which cannot be reasonably avoided by such Party. The
         Party experiencing an event of Force Majeure shall exercise reasonable
         efforts to endeavour to overcome the event of Force Majeure.

(b)      In the case of an event of Force Majeure, and for as long as it
         subsists, Supplier will [********].

(c)      Neither Party will be in breach of this Agreement for any delay in
         performance or the non-performance of any of its obligations under this
         Agreement to the extent that the delay or non-performance is due to an
         event of Force Majeure.

(d)      For such time as Supplier or any member of its Group is unable to
         provide Product to the Purchaser because of an event of Force Majeure,
         Purchaser will be entitled to obtain the relevant Product from third
         parties only in such quantities as Purchaser shall use during the
         period of the event of Force Majeure and the Guaranteed Volume for such
         period shall be reduced by the amount Purchaser used during such event
         of Force Majeure.

(e)      If, as a result of an event of Force Majeure it is not foreseeable that
         Supplier or any member of its Group will be able to recommence the
         supply of Product within a reasonable time (and the execution of the
         disaster recovery plan is in such circumstances, in the reasonable
         opinion of the Purchaser, unsatisfactory) Purchaser shall [********].

                                       VII
                        Ordering and Inventory Procedures

(a)      At least 120 days prior to the beginning of each calendar year, or at
         any other time, if significant market changes occur, Purchaser will
         provide Supplier with a revised annual estimate of its overall
         requirements for Product and Annex 2 shall be deemed amended
         accordingly.

(b)      During each such year Purchaser through its electronic ordering link
         with Supplier, will provide a detailed rolling two monthly order for
         Product which will be updated on a weekly basis. All Product ordered
         shall be subject to the terms of this Agreement.


"CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE
24B-2, PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS."

<PAGE>   6

(c)      Supplier will, at all times, in accordance with the recovery plan
         referred to in Clause VI, [********] (based on the most recent detailed
         rolling two monthly order) of Product at its premises.

(d)      Supplier will, at all times, maintain an [********] and will replenish
         such inventory on a daily basis in accordance with electronic
         instructions issued by Purchaser, or as otherwise agreed to between
         Purchaser and Supplier.

(e)      Purchaser will [********] in respect of Product withdrawn from
         inventory (in full bobbin quantities or tonnes, as applicable) on the
         previous day.

(f)      [********]. Ownership of Product will remain with Supplier until it is
         withdrawn from inventory by the Purchaser.

                                      VIII
                                      Term

(a)      This Agreement will remain in force for an initial period of three
         years from the date of its execution. Thereafter it shall automatically
         renew for additional three year terms, unless either Party shall give
         to the other written notice of [********]. If a Party gives [********],
         the Agreement will continue for an additional [********] during which
         Purchaser's obligation to purchase its [********] period, all other
         terms and conditions of this Agreement shall remain in effect.

(b)      During the term of the Agreement, Purchaser undertakes to keep Supplier
         continuously updated in relation to its predicted future requirements
         in terms of changes to and improvements on the types, grades and
         specifications of Product referred to Annex 1.

(c)      Prior to each renewal term, the Parties will amend Annex 1 to reflect
         the enhancement, if any, in product quality and technology achieved by
         Supplier during the previous term of the Agreement.

                                       IX
                               Dispute Resolution

(a)      The Parties shall attempt, in good faith, to resolve any dispute
         arising out of or relating to this Agreement (including, without
         limitation, any dispute as to whether Products supplied are in
         accordance with the specifications set out in Annex 1) promptly by
         negotiations between representatives of the Parties who have authority
         to settle the dispute.

(b)      If such negotiations are unsuccessful either Party may, give to the
         other written notice of the dispute and executives of both Parties at
         appropriate levels above such representatives shall meet at a mutually
         acceptable time and place 


"CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE
24B-2, PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS."

<PAGE>   7

                  within 30 days after such notification, and thereafter as
                  often as they reasonably deem necessary, to exchange relevant
                  information in an attempt to resolve the dispute.

                                        X
                                   Termination

(a)      Either Party shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement with
         immediate effect if:

         (i)      the other Party commits any material breach of any of the
                  provisions of this Agreement and, in the case of a breach
                  which is capable of remedy, fails to remedy the same within 30
                  days after receipt of a written notice giving full particulars
                  of the breach and requiring it to be remedied;

         (ii)     the other Party goes into involuntary liquidation, becomes
                  insolvent or makes any arrangement with its creditors
                  ("Concordata").

                                       XI
                              Macro Economic Change

         It is understood that, without prejudice to any of the provisions of
         this contract, if a material adverse change occurs in the Brazilian
         economy as a whole or in the specific market conditions which changes
         in an unforseeable way the commercial relationship between the Parties,
         the Parties will in good faith to discuss how, if at all, this
         situation can be redressed to the mutual benefit of both Parties.

                                       XII
                            Confidential Information

         The Parties hereby acknowledge that all information disclosed to each
         other pursuant to this Agreement, either orally, in writing or by
         observation, including, but not limited to, the contents of this
         Agreement and its Exhibits (hereafter "Confidential Information") shall
         at all times, both during and after the term of this Agreement, remain
         the exclusive property of the Party making the disclosure and that, in
         receiving such disclosure, the other Party shall not disclose such
         information except as required by law, nor acquire any proprietary
         interest whatsoever therein. Each Party shall make use of the other
         party's Confidential Information only during the term of and solely to
         carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

                                      XIII
                                  Law and Forum

(a)      This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of Brazil.


"CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE
24B-2, PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS."

<PAGE>   8

(b)      Any dispute concerning this agreement, if not otherwise settled, shall
         be subject to the Courts of the City of Rio de Janeiro, State of Rio de
         Janeiro, Brazil.

BEING THUS CONTRACTED AND AGREED the Parties sign this Agreement in two copies
for one sole purpose.

COMPANHIA INDUSTRIAL
DE PAPEL PIRAHY



- --------------------------------


SOUZA CRUZ S.A.



- --------------------------------



"CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE
24B-2, PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS."

<PAGE>   9



                                     ANNEXES

         Annex 1: Product Specifications

         Annex 2: Annual Requirement Estimates

         Annex 3: [********]

         Annex 4: Disaster Recovery Plan

         Annex 5: [********]



"CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE
24B-2, PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS."
<PAGE>   10



                                     ANNEX I

                             PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS



"CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE
24B-2, PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS."
<PAGE>   11

================================================================================



                                     ANNEX I

                             PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS

1.       GENERAL GUIDELINES

INTERLAB CROSS - CHECKS
To ensure that the results of Supplier's measurements, based on their own test
procedures, can be converted to Purchaser's requirements (targets and
tolerances) regular cross-checks with Supplier are necessary.

CIGARETTE PAPER AND PLUG WRAP

BOBBIN PERFORMANCE

BOBBIN UNIFORMITY
All materials must be wound and slit in a uniform manner under even tension to
ensure that no core slippage occurs and bobbins do not exhibit any detrimental
non-circularity. The paper must be free from slitting debris.

SPLICES
Any splices should not compromise the runnability of the material.
Adhesive width: [********]
Overlap, adhesive free: [********]
Number of splices per delivery:
         [********]
         [********]
         [********]

BOBBIN LABELING
Each bobbin must have a unique identifying label which enables the production
history of the bobbin to be traced back through Supplier's manufacturing
process. In addition the label should have the following specific information: 

- -        bobbin width 
- -        bobbin length 
- -        relevant customer material code 
- -        material identification 
- -        identification for slitter and master roll

ANALYSIS DATA

The following criteria have to be analyzed and documented by Supplier, at a
frequency to be determined between the Supplier and Purchaser:

- -        Permeability
- -        Paper weight
- -        Elongation at break, machine direction

"CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE
24B-2, PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS."


<PAGE>   12

- -        Tensile strength, machine direction
- -        Additive content (cigarette paper only)
- -        Calcium carbonate content
- -        Degree of whiteness/Opacity (cigarette paper only)

For all criteria mean values and standard deviations, as defined in terms agreed
between the Supplier and Purchaser, are to be indicated.
Documents must be retained for a two years period.

APPEARANCE
The cigarette paper should be uniform and free of the following defects, as
specified by objective standards agreed between the Supplier and Purchaser:

- -        Dirt
- -        Folds
- -        Cutting dust
- -        Foreign matter
- -        Stains
- -        Structural defects
- -        Impressions
- -        Fluorescence
- -        Tears
- -        Grooves
- -        Core defects
- -        Faulty core position
- -        Faulty cutting
- -        Faulty winding

This list makes no claim to be comprehensive and in particular does not exclude
the possibilities that defects other than those listed can also lead to
complaints on shipments.

CIGARETTE PAPER
Cigarette paper must have the following characteristics:

1)       Permeability: targets from [********], with tolerance [********] from
         target, per pallet (140 bobbins) - see Notes
2)       Machine direction tensile strength: [********] minimum
3)       Opacity: [********] minimum.
4)       Paper weight: targets from [********] from target
5)       Burn additives: targets from [********]
6)       Verge Marking: homogeneous throughout bobbin
7)       Formation: homogeneous throughout bobbin

PLUG WRAP
Plug wrap must have the following characteristics:

"CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE
24B-2, PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS."

<PAGE>   13

1)       Permeability: nonporous plug wrap - lower than [********]
2)       Machine direction tensile strength: [********]
3)       Paper weight: targets from [********]

TIPPING BASE PAPER

COMPATIBILITY WITH OTHER MATERIALS
Tipping base paper must be compatible with other materials used in the
manufacture of cigarettes. Upon request Purchaser will advise Supplier of the
adhesives and plug wraps used to ensure that the appropriate validation testing
can be performed.

ANALYSIS DATA

The following criteria have to be analyzed and documented by Supplier, at a
frequency to be determined between the Supplier and Purchaser:

- -        Permeability
- -        Basis weight
- -        Elongation at break, machine direction
- -        Tensile strength, machine direction
- -        Degree of whiteness/Color consistency of cork
- -        Coefficient of friction - see Note
- -        Bendtsen roughness
- -        Absorbency

For all criteria mean values and standard deviations, as defined in terms agreed
between the Supplier and Purchaser, are to be indicated.
Documents must be retained for a two years period.

TIPPING BASE PAPER

Tipping base paper must have the following characteristics, measured on jumbo
rolls average:

WHITE TIPPING BASE PAPER

1)       Permeability: [********]
2)       Thickness: target [********] from target
3)       Paper weight: targets from [********] from target
4)       Machine direction tensile strength: [********] minimum - see Notes
5)       Elongation at break, MD: [********] maximum
6)       Opacity: [********] minimum
7)       Degree of whiteness: [********] minimum
8)       Coefficient of friction: [********] maximum - see Notes


"CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE
24B-2, PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS."

<PAGE>   14

9)       Bendtsen roughness (both sides): [********] maximum - see Notes

CORK TIPPING BASE PAPER

1)       Permeability: lower than [********]
2)       Thickness: target [********] from target
3)       Paper weight: targets from [********] from target
4)       Machine direction tensile strength: [********] minimum - see Notes
5)       Elongation at break, MD: [********] maximum
6)       Coefficient of friction: [********] maximum - see Notes
7)       Bendtsen roughness (both sides): [********] maximum - see Notes

NOTES:
 1)      Despite the fact, both Pirahy and SWM (Supplier), [********] the
         specification for this [********] maximum) was maintained in the
         Product Specification Guidelines, for both white and cork tipping base
         paper. The idea is to keep this point open for future discussions,
         between Supplier and Purchaser, regarding measurement procedures.
 2)      The proposed specification of [********], for Tensile Strength MD,
         [********]. It was agreed between both parties that this should be a
         target for future
 3)      The proposed specification of [********], for Bendtsen Roughness,
         [********]. It was agreed between both parties that this should be a
         target for future
 4)      Regarding cigarette paper permeability, item (1) of characteristics,
         Supplier must have as a target, to reach coefficient of variation lower
         than [********].

APPEARANCE

The tipping base paper should be uniform and free of the following defects, as
specified by objective standards agreed between the Supplier and Purchaser:

- -        Dirt
- -        Folds
- -        Cutting dust
- -        Foreign matter
- -        Stains
- -        Structural defects
- -        Impressions
- -        Fluorescence
- -        Tears
- -        Grooves
- -        Core defects
- -        Faulty core position
- -        Faulty cutting
- -        Faulty winding

2.   RAW MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

Attached are detailed technical specification by type and grade of product.


"CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE
24B-2, PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS."
<PAGE>   15
Attached are detailed technical specification by type and grade of product.






"CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE
24B-2, PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS."
<PAGE>   16

SOUZA CRUZ
QUALITY SYSTEM                RAW MATERIALS SPECIFICATION

QM/06-02


DESCRIPTION: T-442(Colomy)RYO paper

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         DEFECT
NO.     CHARACTERISTICS                  CLASS           METHOD            UNIT       RATED VALUE       TOLERANCE
- ---     ---------------                  ------          ------            ----       -----------       ---------
<S>     <C>                              <C>          <C>                 <C>         <C>               <C>
 1      No. of splices per bobbin          A               --             counts           --            [*****]  


 2      Basis weight                       B          ISO 536/76(E)          gsm         [*****]         [*****]


 3      Thickness                          C               --                 u.         [*****]         [*****]
</TABLE>




Dated issued: July 08, 1997         Supersedes issue dated:           No. 230057

       Note: original document approved by Research & Development Center


"CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE
24B-2, PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS."
<PAGE>   17

SOUZA CRUZ
QUALITY SYSTEM                RAW MATERIALS SPECIFICATION

QM/06-02


DESCRIPTION: T-450(Trevo)RYO paper

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         DEFECT
NO.     CHARACTERISTICS                  CLASS           METHOD            UNIT       RATED VALUE       TOLERANCE
- ---     ---------------                  ------          ------            ----       -----------       ---------
<S>     <C>                              <C>          <C>                 <C>         <C>               <C>
 1      No. of splices per bobbin          A               --             counts          --             [*****]   


 2      Basis weight                       B          ISO 536/76(E)          gsm        [*****]          [*****]


 3      Thickness                          C               --                 u.        [*****]          [*****]
</TABLE>




Dated issued: July 08, 1997         Supersedes issue dated:           No. 230058

       Note: original document approved by Research & Development Center


"CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE
24B-2, PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS."
<PAGE>   18
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material Acceptance Conditions

According to Brazilian Standard ABNT NBR 5426--Single, Normal (or Rigorous*)
Sampling Plan.

*Souza Cruz reserves the right to use the single and rigorous sampling plan
whenever constancy is identified of any deviation compromising the use of the
material.

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ISO Standard for supplier quality system evaluation

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Additional Information

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Notes

1-Any material modification even if not influencing the above specified
  parameters, should be communicated by the supplier in order that Souza Cruz
  can evaluate possible influences on its process.

2-Specification copy control is responsibility of the person in charge of the
  Site.

      /s/ SOUZA CRUZ
- --------------------------------               -------------------------------- 
          Souza Cruz                                      Supplier



                      Supersedes issue dated: May 06, 1996

Date issued: June 20, 1996                                         No. 470001


       Note: original document approved by Research & Development Center
<PAGE>   19

SOUZA CRUZ
QUALITY SYSTEM           RAW MATERIALS SPECIFICATION


QM/06-02


DESCRIPTION: Printing base paper; type 411, 33gsm, yellow tipping paper base

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                    
                                                  DEFECT
NO.            CHARACTERISTICS                    CLASS               METHOD      UNIT        RATED VALUE            TOLERANCE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>  <C>                                          <C>            <C>             <C>       <C>                       <C>

1    Roll direction                               A                   --         --             [*****]                  --
2    Shade                                        A                   --         --             [*****]                  --
3    Core type                                    B                   --         --             [*****]                  --
4    Core inner diameter                          A                   --         mm             [*****]                [*****]
5    Bobbin outer diameter                        B                   --         mm             [*****]                [*****]
6    No. of splices per bobbin                    B                   --         --               --                   [*****]  
7    Minimum weight per bobbin                    A                   --         kg             [*****]                  --
8    Machinability                                A                 [*****]      --               --                     --
                                                                    Machines           
9    Splice type                                  B                   --         --             [*****]                  --
10   Loose dust                                   A                   *          --             [*****]                  --
11   Wrinkle, crease, and ply                     A                   *          --             [*****]                  --
12   Loose side                                   A                   *          --             [*****]                  --
13   Basis weight                                 A              IS0 536/76(E)   gsm            [*****]                [*****]
14   Permeability                                 A                   --        C0RESTA           --                   [*****] 
15   Lengthwise tensile strength                  A               ASTM D3759     g/mm             --                   [*****]
16   Cobb absorption                              B               ASTM D3285     gsm              --                   [*****]
17   Roughness (Bendtsen) (wire & opposite side)  B              ISO 5636-3/84  cu.cm/min         --                   [*****]  
18   Thickness                                    C                ASTM D645      um            [*****]                [*****]
19   Moisture                                     B              TAPPI 4120M 90    %            [*****]                [*****]
20   Color index (opposite side)                  A                    --         --            [*****]                [*****]

</TABLE>


*    gravure machine test at [*****]
FS   felt side
WS   wire side

Date issued: June 20, 1996   Supersedes issue dated: May 06, 1996   No. 470002

               Note: original document approved by Research & Development Center

"CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE
24B-2, PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS."
<PAGE>   20
Packaging and Identification

Packaging

Roll packaging should be moisture proof in order to ensure roll stowing;
preferably use bituminous paper.  Sides should be protected with corrugated 
cardboard discs.  Core sides should be protected with wooden or plastic discs 
(bungs).

Identification

Each roll should bear an identification tag containing the following 
information:

1 - Paper type                                6 - Date manufactured
2 - Basis weight                              7 - Number of splices
3 - Shape                                     8 - Gross weight
4 - Diameter                                  9 - Net weight
5 - Material code                             10 - Bill number

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sampling System

According to Brazilian standard ABNT NBR 5426 - single, Normal Sampling Plan -
following the classification below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                 PARAMETER INSPECTION LEVEL
                                 --------------------------

         DEFECT CLASS    [*****]    [*****]                         [*****]
         --------------------------------------------------------------------------
         <S>             <C>        <C>                             <C>
         Critical (A)    [*****]    [*****]                         [*****]
         --------------------------------------------------------------------------
         Serious (B)     [*****]    [*****]                         [*****]
         --------------------------------------------------------------------------
         Tolerable (C)   [*****]                                    [*****]

</TABLE>

AQL=acceptable quality level.


Date issued: June 20, 1996    Supersedes issue dated: May 06, 1996    No. 470002
             
       Note: original document approved by Research & Development Center

"CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE
24B-2, PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS."
<PAGE>   21
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material Acceptance Conditions

According to Brazilian Standard ABNT NBR 5426--Single, Normal (or Rigorous*)
Sampling Plan.

*Souza Cruz reserves the right to use the single and rigorous sampling plan
whenever constancy is identified of any deviation compromising the use of the
material.

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ISO Standard for supplier quality system evaluation

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Additional Information

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Notes

1-Any material modification even if not influencing the above specified
  parameters, should be communicated by the supplier in order that Souza Cruz
  can evaluate possible influences on its process.

2-Specification copy control is responsibility of the person in charge of the
  Site.

      /s/ SOUZA CRUZ
- --------------------------------               -------------------------------- 
          Souza Cruz                                      Supplier



                      Supersedes issue dated: May 06, 1996

Date issued: June 20, 1996                                         No. 470002


       Note: original document approved by Research & Development Center
<PAGE>   22
SOUZA CRUZ
QUALITY SYSTEM           RAW MATERIALS SPECIFICATION


QM/06-02



DESCRIPTION: Printing base paper; 38 gsm, white, alkaline tipping paper base 
             (Exp 51/96)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                    
                                                  DEFECT
NO.            CHARACTERISTICS                    CLASS               METHOD      UNIT        RATED VALUE            TOLERANCE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>  <C>                                          <C>            <C>             <C>       <C>                       <C>

1    Roll direction                               A                   --         --        [*****]                          --
2    Shade                                        A                   --         --                                         --
3    Core type                                    B                   --         --        [*****]                          --
4    Core inner diameter                          A                   --         mm        [*****]                      [*****]
5    Bobbin outer diameter                        B                   --         mm        [*****]                      [*****]
6    No. of splices per bobbin                    B                   --         --        [*****]                      [*****]
7    Minimum weight per bobbin                    A                   --         kg        [*****]                          --
8    Machinability                                A               Bobst/Profama  --            --                           --
                                                                    Machines           
9    Splice type                                  B                   --         --        [*****]                          --
10   Loose dust                                   A                   *          --        [*****]                          --
11   Wrinkle, crease, and ply                     A                   *          --        [*****]                          --
12   Loose side                                   A                   *          --        [*****]                          --
13   Basis weight                                 A              ISO 536/76(E)   gsm       [*****]                      [*****]
14   Permeability                                 A                   --        CORESTA    [*****]                      [*****]
15   Lengthwise tensile strength                  A               ASTM D3759     g/mm          --                       [*****]
16   Cobb absorption                              B               ASTM D3285     gsm           --                       [*****]
                                                                                                                        [*****]
17   Roughness (Bendtsen) (wire & opposite side)  B              ISO 5636-3/84  cu.cm/min      --                       [*****]
18   Thickness                                    C                ASTM D645      um       [*****]                      [*****]
19   Capacity                                     B               ISO 1924/76      %           --                       [*****]
20   Whiteness                                    A                ASTM D985       %           --                       [*****]
21   Moisture                                     B              TAPPI 4120M 90    %       [*****]                      [*****] 


</TABLE>


*    gravure machine test at [*****]
FS   felt side
WS   wire side

Date issued: June 20, 1996   Supersedes issue dated: May 06, 1996   No. 470003

               Note: original document approved by Research & Development Center

"CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE
24B-2, PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS."
<PAGE>   23
Packaging and Identification

Packaging

Roll packaging should be moisture proof in order to ensure roll stowing;
preferably use bituminous paper.  Sides should be protected with corrugated
cardboard discs.  Core sides should be protected with wooden or plastic discs
(bungs).

Identification

Each roll should bear an identification tag containing the following 
information:

<TABLE>
<S>                                <C>
1 - Paper type                     6 - Date manufactured
2 - Basis weight                   7 - Number of splices
3 - Shape                          8 - Gross weight
4 - Diameter                       9 - Net weight
5 - Material code                  10 - Bill number
</TABLE>

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sampling System

According to Brazilian Standard ABNT NBR 5426 - Single, Normal Sampling Plan - 
following the classification below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                    PARAMETER INSPECTION LEVEL
           

                  DEFECT CLASS          [*****]          [*****]                [*****]
                -------------------------------------------------------------------------

                <S>                     <C>              <C>                     <C>                  
                Critical (A)            [*****]          [*****]                [*****]
                -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                Serious (B)             [*****]          [*****]                [*****]
                -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                Tolerable (C)           [*****]                                 [*****]
                -------------------------------------------------------------------------

</TABLE>

AQL = acceptable quality level.


Date issued: June 20, 1996   Supersedes issue dated: May 06, 1996   No .470003

       NOTE:  original document approved by Research & Development Center
            

                  
  
  "CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE
24B-2, PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS."
<PAGE>   24
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material Acceptance Conditions

According to Brazilian Standard ABNT NBR 5426--Single, Normal (or Rigorous*)
Sampling Plan.

*Souza Cruz reserves the right to use the single and rigorous sampling plan
whenever constancy is identified of any deviation compromising the use of the
material.

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ISO Standard for supplier quality system evaluation

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Additional Information

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Notes

1-Any material modification even if not influencing the above specified
  parameters, should be communicated by the supplier in order that Souza Cruz
  can evaluate possible influences on its process.

2-Specification copy control is responsibility of the person in charge of the
  Site.

      /s/ SOUZA CRUZ
- --------------------------------               -------------------------------- 
          Souza Cruz                                      Supplier



                      Supersedes issue dated: May 06, 1996

Date issued: June 20, 1996                                         No. 470003


       Note: original document approved by Research & Development Center
<PAGE>   25

SOUZA CRUZ
QUALITY SYSTEM           RAW MATERIALS SPECIFICATION


QM/06-02


DESCRIPTION: Printing base paper; type 611, 33 gsm, yellow, antiflame tipping
             paper base

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                    
                                                  DEFECT
NO.            CHARACTERISTICS                    CLASS               METHOD      UNIT        RATED VALUE            TOLERANCE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>  <C>                                          <C>            <C>             <C>       <C>                       <C>

1    Roll direction                               A                   --         --         [*****]                     --
2    Shade                                        A                   --         --         [*****]                     --
3    Core type                                    B                   --         --         [*****]                     --
4    Core inner diameter                          A                   --         mm         [*****]                  [*****]
5    Bobbin outer diameter                        B                   --         mm         [*****]                  [*****]
6    No. of splices per bobbin                    B                   --         --            --                    [*****]   
7    Minimum weight per bobbin                    A                   --         kg         [*****]                     --
8    Machinability                                A               Bobst/Profama  --            --                       --
                                                                    Machines           
9    Splice type                                  B                   --         --         [*****]                     --
10   Loose dust                                   A                   *          --         [*****]                     --
11   Wrinkle, crease, and ply                     A                   *          --         [*****]                     --
12   Loose side                                   A                   *          --         [*****]                     --
13   Basis weight                                 A              IS0 536/76(E)   gsm        [*****]                  [*****]
14   Permeability                                 A                   --        C0RESTA        --                    [*****]
15   Lengthwise tensile strength                  A               ASTM D3759     g/mm          --                    [*****]
16   Cobb absorption                              B               ASTM D3285     gsm           --                    [*****]
17   Roughness (Bendtsen) (wire & opposite side)  B              ISO 5636-3/84  cu.cm/min      --                    [*****]
18   Thickness                                    C                ASTM D645      um        [*****]                  [*****]
19   Moisture                                     B              TAPPI 4120M 90    %        [*****]                  [*****]
20   Color index (opposite side)                  A                    --         --        [*****]                  [*****]

</TABLE>


*    gravure machine test at [*****]
FS   felt side
WS   wire side

Date issued: Jan. 16, 1997   Supersedes issue dated:                No. 470004

               Note: original document approved by Research & Development Center

"CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE
24B-2, PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS."
<PAGE>   26
Packaging and Identification

Packaging

Roll packaging should be moisture proof in order to ensure roll stowing;
preferably use bituminous paper.  Sides should be protected with corrugated
cardboard discs.  Core sides should be protected with wooden or plastic discs
(bungs).

Identification

Each roll should bear an identification tag containing the following 
information:

<TABLE>
<S>                                <C>
1 - Paper type                     6 - Date manufactured
2 - Basis weight                   7 - Number of splices
3 - Shape                          8 - Gross weight
4 - Diameter                       9 - Net weight
5 - Material code                  10 - Bill number
</TABLE>

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sampling System

According to Brazilian Standard ABNT NBR 5426 - Single, Normal Sampling Plan - 
following the classification below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                    PARAMETER INSPECTION LEVEL
           

                  DEFECT CLASS          [*****]          [*****]                [*****]
                -------------------------------------------------------------------------

                <S>                     <C>              <C>                     <C>                  
                Critical (A)            [*****]          [*****]                [*****]
                -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                Serious (B)             [*****]          [*****]                [*****]
                -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                Tolerable (C)           [*****]                                 [*****]
                -------------------------------------------------------------------------

</TABLE>

AQL = acceptable quality level.


Date issued: Jan. 16, 1997   Supersedes issue dated:             No. 470004

       NOTE:  original document approved by Research & Development Center


"CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE
24B-2, PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS."
<PAGE>   27
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material Acceptance Conditions

According to Brazilian Standard ABNT NBR 5426--Single, Normal (or Rigorous*)
Sampling Plan.

*Souza Cruz reserves the right to use the single and rigorous sampling plan
whenever constancy is identified of any deviation compromising the use of the
material.

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ISO Standard for supplier quality system evaluation

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Additional Information

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Notes

1-Any material modification even if not influencing the above specified
  parameters, should be communicated by the supplier in order that Souza Cruz
  can evaluate possible influences on its process.

2-Specification copy control is responsibility of the person in charge of the
  Site.

      /s/ SOUZA CRUZ
- --------------------------------               -------------------------------- 
          Souza Cruz                                      Supplier



                      Supersedes issue dated: May 06, 1996

Date issued: Jan. 16, 1997                                         No. 470004


       Note: original document approved by Research & Development Center
<PAGE>   28
SOUZA CRUZ
QUALITY SYSTEM                RAW MATERIALS SPECIFICATION


QM/06-02



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DESCRIPTION: Type 402, 26.0 gsm, <= 7 CU filter plug wrap with stearate


                                             DEFECT
NO.          CHARACTERISTICS                 CLASS           METHOD           UNIT              RATED VALUE             TOLERANCE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>  <C>                                     <C>          <C>                <C>          <C>                           <C>
 1   Core type                                 A               --              mm                 [*****]               [*****]
                                                                                                  [*****]               [*****]

 2   Splice type                               A               --              mm                 [*****]               [*****]
                                                                                                  [*****]

 3   No. of splices per bobbin                 A               --            counts                  --                 [*****]

 4   Core inner diameter                       A               --              mm                 [*****]               [*****]

 5   Bobbin outer diameter (maximum)           B               --              mm                 [*****]                  --

 6   Machinability                             A          MK5 and PM 5         --                    --                    --
                                                            Machines

 7   Width                                     A               --              mm                 [*****]               [*****]

 8   Basis weight                              B           ISO 536/76(E)       gsm                [*****]               [*****]

 9   Thickness                                 C            ASTM D645          u.m                [*****]               [*****]

10   Tensile strength                          A            ASTM D3759        g/mm                  --                  [*****]

11   Permeability                              A               --            CORESTA                --                  [*****]

12   Length per bobbin                         A               --               m                 [*****]               [*****]
</TABLE>


Date issued: Dec. 13, 1996    Supersedes issue dated: Dec. 06, 1996   No. 230001

       Note: original document approved by Research & Development Center



"CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE
24B-2, PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS."
<PAGE>   29
Packaging Conditions

One-way wooden pallet containing 140 bobbins each. A tag containing the 
following information should be stuck onto the outside of each pallet:

1 - Supplier name                   5 - Net weight
2 - Material code                   6 - Gross weight
3 - Paper type                      7 - Product code
4 - Date manufactured               8 - Corresponding sampling number

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minimum Material Identification

Each roll should bear an identification tag inside the core with the following 
information:

                  1 - Paper maker No.
                  2 - Month manufactured
                  3 - Original reel number
                  4 - Paper type

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sampling System

Supplier should sample a bobbin from each manufactured reel.  Samples should be
packed and identified with the words "SAMPLING NUMBER".  Sampling number should
be that of the week in the year the sample is shipped to R&D Center for
analysis.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material Acceptance Conditions

The mean results of each variable for each supplied batch should be within the 
set tolerance limits, with [*****] of individual results out of tolerance being 
accepted.



Date issued: Dec. 13, 1997                Supersedes issue dated: Dec. 06, 1996 

                                   No. 230001

       Note: original document approved by Research & Development Center

"CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED 
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 
24B-2, PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. 
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS."
<PAGE>   30
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ISO Standard for supplier quality system evaluation


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Additional Information

Pallet dimensions: 1,130 MM +0 -30 depth, 1,130 mm +0 -30 width, 100 mm height
to allow forks to enter.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTES

1 - Any material modification even if not influencing the above specified 
    parameters, should be communicated by the supplier in order that Souza Cruz 
    can evaluate possible influences on its process.

2 - Specification copy control is responsibility of the person in charge of the 
    Site.


/s/
- -----------------------------                         --------------------------
        Souza Cruz                                             Supplier



Date issued: Dec. 13, 1996   Supersedes issue dated: Dec. 06, 1996    No. 230001

       Note: original document approved by Research & Development Center

<PAGE>   31
SOUZA CRUZ
QUALITY SYSTEM                   RAW MATERIALS SPECIFICATION

QM/06-02

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DESCRIPTION: Type 512, 26.0 gsm, 25 mm, 50 CU marking press cigarette paper


                                 DEFECT
NO.         CHARACTERISTICS      CLASS    METHOD       UNIT      RATED VALUE     TOLERANCE
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>  <C>                         <C>   <C>           <C>       <C>               <C>
1    Core type                     A        --          mm         [*****]        [*****]
                                                                   [*****]           
2    Splice type                   A        --          --         [*****]          --
3    No. of splices per bobbin     A        --        counts          --          [*****]
4    Core inner diameter           A        --          mm         [*****]        [*****]
5    Bobbin outer diameter         B        --          mm            --          [*****]
6    Bobbin making                 A        --          --            --            --
7    Machinability                 A    MK8 and MK9     --            --            --
                                         Machines 
8    Width                         A        --          mm         [*****]        [*****]
9    Basis weight                  B   ISO 536/76(E)   gsm         [*****]        [*****]
10   Thickness                     C     ASTM D645     u.m         [*****]        [*****]
11   Tensile strength              A     ASTM D3759    g/mm        [*****]        [*****]
                                                                     
12   Permeability
     Rated per bobbin and pallet   A        --       CORESTA       [*****]        [*****]
     Std dev per pallet            A        --       CORESTA       [*****]        [*****]
     Individual                    A        --       CORESTA       [*****]        [*****]
13   Opacity                       A        --         %COI           --          [*****]
14   Calcium carbonate             A        --          %          [*****]        [*****]
15   Sodium citrate                A        --          %          [*****]        [*****]
16   Combustibility                A        --          s          [*****]        [*****]
17   Length per bobbin             A        --          m          [*****]        [*****]
18   Fiber composition             A        --          %          [*****]          --
                                                                   [*****]
</TABLE>

Date issued: Feb. 24, 1997   Supersedes issue dated: Dec. 13, 1996    No. 230040

        NOTE: original document approved by Research & Development Center

"CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE
24B-2, PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS."
<PAGE>   32
Packaging Conditions

One-way wooden pallet containing 140 bobbins each. A tag containing the 
following information should be stuck onto the outside of each pallet:

1 - Supplier name                   5 - Net weight
2 - Material code                   6 - Gross weight
3 - Paper type                      7 - Product code
4 - Date manufactured

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minimum Material Identification

Each roll should bear an identification tag inside the core with the following 
information:

                  1 - Paper maker No.
                  2 - Month manufactured
                  3 - Original reel number
                  4 - Paper type

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sampling System


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material Acceptance Conditions

The mean results of each variable for each supplied batch should be within the 
set tolerance limits, with [*****] of individual results out of tolerance being 
accepted.



Date issued: Feb. 24, 1997                Supersedes issue dated: Dec. 13, 1996 

                                   No. 230040

       Note: original document approved by Research & Development Center


"CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE
24B-2, PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS."
<PAGE>   33
Permeability

1 - For each bobbin (among the fifteen bobbins measured) only [*****] range
    tolerance will be accepted, that is, if [*****] nonconforming values are
    found, the bobbin will not be accepted. Also, any bobbin with the mean out
    of the [*****] range will not be accepted.

2 - Only [*****] nonapproved bobbin from the group of [*****] will be accepted. 


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ISO Standard for supplier quality system evaluation 



- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Additional Information:

Pallet dimensions: 1,100 mm +0 -30 depth, 1,100 mm +0 -30 width, 100 mm height
to allow forks to enter. 


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTES

1 - Any material modification even if not influencing the above specified 
    parameters, should be communicated by the supplier in order that Souza Cruz
    can evaluate possible influences on its process.

2 - Specification copy control is responsibility of the person in charge of the
    Site. 




/s/ Souza Cruz                           
- -----------------------                    -------------------------
     Souza Cruz                                    Supplier


Dated issued: Feb. 24, 1997   Supersedes Issue dated: Dec. 13, 1996   No. 230040

       Note: original document approved by Research & Development Center


"CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE
24B-2, PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS."
<PAGE>   34
SOUZA CRUZ
QUALITY SYSTEM                   RAW MATERIALS SPECIFICATION

QM/06-02
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DESCRIPTION: Type 512, 26.0 gsm, 26.5 mm, 50 CU marking press cigarette paper
                                  DEFECT
NO.         CHARACTERISTICS      CLASS    METHOD       UNIT      RATED VALUE     TOLERANCE
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>  <C>                         <C>   <C>           <C>       <C>               <C>
1    Core type                     A        --          mm     [*****]          [*****]
                                                               [*****]
2    Splice type                   A        --          --     [*****]          [*****]
3    No. of splices per bobbin     A        --        counts   [*****]          [*****]
4    Core inner diameter           A        --          mm     [*****]          [*****]
5    Bobbin outer diameter         B        --          mm     [*****]          [*****]
6    Bobbin making                 A        --          --            --             --
7    Machinability                 A    MK8 and MK9     --            --             --
                                         Machines 
8    Width                         A        --          mm     [*****]          [*****]
9    Basis weight                  B   ISO 536/76(E)   gsm     [*****]          [*****]
10   Thickness                     C     ASTM D645     u.m     [*****]          [*****]
11   Tensile strength              A     ASTM D3759    g/mm    [*****]          [*****]
12   Permeability
     Rated per bobbin and pallet   A        --       CORESTA   [*****]          [*****]
     Std dev per pallet            A        --       CORESTA          --        [*****]
     Individual                    A        --       CORESTA   [*****]          [*****]
13   Opacity                       A        --         %COI           --        [*****]
14   Calcium carbonate             A        --          %      [*****]          [*****]
15   Sodium citrate                A        --          %      [*****]          [*****]
16   Combustibility                A        --          s      [*****]          [*****]
17   Length per bobbin             A        --          m      [*****]          [*****]
18   Fiber composition             A        --          %      [*****]               --
                                                               [*****]           
</TABLE>

Date issued: Feb. 24, 1997    Supersedes issue dated:Dec. 13, 1996    No. 230041
        NOTE: original document approved by Research & Development Center

"CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE
24B-2, PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS."
<PAGE>   35
Packaging Conditions

One-way wooden pallet containing 140 bobbins each. A tag containing the 
following information should be stuck onto the outside of each pallet:

1 - Supplier name                   5 - Net weight
2 - Material code                   6 - Gross weight
3 - Paper type                      7 - Product code
4 - Date manufactured

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minimum Material Identification

Each roll should bear an identification tag inside the core with the following 
information:

                  1 - Paper maker No.
                  2 - Month manufactured
                  3 - Original reel number
                  4 - Paper type

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sampling System


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material Acceptance Conditions

The mean results of each variable for each supplied batch should be within the 
set tolerance limits, with [*****] of individual results out of tolerance being 
accepted.



Date issued: Feb. 24, 1997                Supersedes issue dated: Dec. 13, 1996 

                                   No. 230041

       Note: original document approved by Research & Development Center


"CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE
24B-2, PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS."
<PAGE>   36

Permeability

1 - For each bobbin (among the fifteen bobbins measured) only [*****] value out
    of the [*****] range tolerance will be accepted, that is, if [*****]
    nonconforming values are found, the bobbin will not be accepted. Also, any
    bobbin with the mean out of the [*****] range will not be accepted.

2 - Only [*****] nonapproved bobbin from the group of [*****] will be accepted. 


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ISO Standard for supplier quality system evaluation 



- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Additional Information:

Pallet dimensions: 1,100 mm +0 -30 depth, 1,100 mm +0 -30 width, 100 mm height
to allow forks to enter. 


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTES

1 - Any material modification even if not influencing the above specified 
    parameters, should be communicated by the supplier in order that Souza Cruz
    can evaluate possible influences on its process.

2 - Specification copy control is responsibility of the person in charge of the
    Site. 




/s/ Souza Cruz                           
- -----------------------                    -------------------------
     Souza Cruz                                    Supplier


Dated issued: Feb. 24, 1997   Supersedes Issue dated: Dec. 13, 1996   No. 230041

       Note: original document approved by Research & Development Center


"CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE
24B-2, PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS."
<PAGE>   37
SOUZA CRUZ
QUALITY SYSTEM                   RAW MATERIALS SPECIFICATION
QM/06-02
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


DESCRIPTION: Type 513, 26 gsm, 26.5 mm, 50 CU marking press cigarette paper
                                  DEFECT
NO.         CHARACTERISTICS      CLASS    METHOD       UNIT      RATED VALUE     TOLERANCE
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>  <C>                         <C>   <C>           <C>       <C>               <C>
1    Core type                     A        --          mm     [*****]           [*****]
                                                               [*****]
2    Splice type                   A        --          --     [*****]           [*****]
3    No. of splices per bobbin     A        --        counts   [*****]           [*****]
4    Core inner diameter           A        --          mm     [*****]           [*****]
5    Bobbin outer diameter         B        --          mm        --             [*****]
6    Bobbin making                 A        --          --        --                --
7    Machinability                 A    MK8 and MK9     --        --                --
                                         Machines 
8    Width                         A        --          mm     [*****]           [*****]
9    Basis weight                  B   ISO 536/76(E)   gsm     [*****]           [*****]
10   Thickness                     C     ASTM D645      u.m    [*****]           [*****]
11   Tensile strength              A     ASTM D3759    g/mm    [*****]           [*****]
12   Permeability
     Rated per bobbin and pallet   A        --       CORESTA   [*****]           [*****]
     Std dev per pallet            A        --       CORESTA      --             [*****]
     Individual                    A        --       CORESTA   [*****]           [*****]
13   Opacity                       A        --         %COI       --             [*****]
14   Calcium carbonate             A        --          %      [*****]           [*****]
15   Sodium citrate                A        --          %      [*****]           [*****]
16   Combustibility                A        --          s      [*****]           [*****]
17   Length per bobbin             A        --          m      [*****]           [*****]
18   Fiber composition             A        --          %      [*****]              --
                                                               [*****]
</TABLE>

Date issued:  Feb. 24, 1997  Supersedes issue dated:  Dec. 13, 1996   No. 230044
        NOTE: original document approved by Research & Development Center


"CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE
24B-2, PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS."
<PAGE>   38
Packaging Conditions

One-way wooden pallet containing 140 bobbins each. A tag containing the 
following information should be stuck onto the outside of each pallet:

1 - Supplier name                   5 - Net weight
2 - Material code                   6 - Gross weight
3 - Paper type                      7 - Product code
4 - Date manufactured

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minimum Material Identification

Each roll should bear an identification tag inside the core with the following 
information:

                  1 - Paper maker No.
                  2 - Month manufactured
                  3 - Original reel number
                  4 - Paper type

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sampling System


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material Acceptance Conditions

The mean results of each variable for each supplied batch should be within the
set tolerance limits, with [*****] of individual results out of tolerance being
accepted.



Date issued: Feb. 24, 1997               Supersedes issue dated: Dec. 13, 1996  
                                                                      
                                   No. 230044

       Note: original document approved by Research & Development Center


"CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE
24B-2, PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS."
<PAGE>   39
Permeability

1 - For each bobbin (among the fifteen bobbins measured) only [*****] value out
    of the [*****] range tolerance will be accepted, that is, if [*****]
    nonconforming values are found, the bobbin will not be accepted. Also, any
    bobbin with the mean out of the [*****] range will not be accepted.

2 - Only [*****] nonapproved bobbin from the group of [*****] will be accepted. 


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ISO Standard for supplier quality system evaluation 



- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Additional Information:

Pallet dimensions: 1,100 mm +0 -30 depth, 1,100 mm +0 -30 width, 100 mm height
to allow forks to enter. 


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Notes

1 - Any material modification even if not influencing the above specified 
    parameters, should be communicated by the supplier in order that Souza Cruz
    can evaluate possible influences on its process.

2 - Specification copy control is responsibility of the person in charge of the
    Site. 




/s/ Souza Cruz                           
- -----------------------                    -------------------------
     Souza Cruz                                    Supplier


Dated issued: Feb. 24, 1997  Supersedes Issue dated: Dec. 13, 1996   No. 230044

       Note: original document approved by Research & Development Center


"CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE
24B-2, PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS."
<PAGE>   40
SOUZA CRUZ
QUALITY SYSTEM                   RAW MATERIALS SPECIFICATION

QM/06-02
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>      
DESCRIPTION: Type 648, 26 gsm, 19 mm, 30 CU marking press cigarette paper

                                 DEFECT         
NO.         CHARACTERISTICS      CLASS    METHOD       UNIT      RATED VALUE     TOLERANCE

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>  <C>                         <C>   <C>           <C>       <C>               <C>
1    Core type                     A        --          mm         [*****]         [*****]
                                                                   [*****]
2    Splice type                   A        --          --         [*****]         [*****]
3    No. of splices per bobbin     A        --        counts          --           [*****]
4    Core inner diameter           A        --          mm         [*****]         [*****]
5    Bobbin outer diameter         B        --          mm            --           [*****]
6    Bobbin making                 A        --          --            --             --
7    Machinability                 A    MK8 and MK9     --            --             --
                                         Machines 
8    Width                         A        --          mm         [*****]         [*****]
9    Basis weight                  B   ISO 536/76(E)   gsm         [*****]         [*****]
10   Thickness                     C     ASTM D645     u.m         [*****]         [*****]
11   Tensile strength              A     ASTM D3759    g/mm           --           [*****]
12   Permeability
     Rated per bobbin and pallet   A        --       CORESTA       [*****]         [*****]
     Std dev per pallet            A        --       CORESTA          --           [*****]
     Individual                    A        --       CORESTA       [*****]         [*****]
13   Opacity                       A        --         %COI           --           [*****]
14   Calcium carbonate             A        --          %          [*****]         [*****]
15   Sodium citrate                A        --          %          [*****]         [*****]
16   Combustibility                A        --          s          [*****]         [*****]
17   Length per bobbin             A        --          m          [*****]         [*****]
18   Fiber composition             A        --          %          [*****]           --
                                                                   [*****]     
</TABLE>

Date issued: July 08, 1997    Supersedes issue dated:                No. 230050

        NOTE: original document approved by Research & Development Center

"CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE
24B-2, PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS."
<PAGE>   41
Packaging Conditions

One-way wooden pallet containing 140 bobbins each. A tag containing the 
following information should be stuck onto the outside of each pallet:

1 - Supplier name                   5 - Net weight
2 - Material code                   6 - Gross weight
3 - Paper type                      7 - Product code
4 - Date manufactured

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minimum Material Identification

Each roll should bear an identification tag inside the core with the following 
information:

                  1 - Paper maker No.
                  2 - Month manufactured
                  3 - Original reel number
                  4 - Paper type

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sampling System


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material Acceptance Conditions

The mean results of each variable for each supplied batch should be within the 
set tolerance limits, with [*****] of individual results out of tolerance being 
accepted.



Date issued: July 08, 1997        Supersedes issue dated:         No. 230050

       Note: original document approved by Research & Development Center


"CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE
24B-2, PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS."
<PAGE>   42
Permeability

1 - For each bobbin (among the fifteen bobbins measured) only [*****] value out
    of the [*****] range tolerance will be accepted, that is, if [*****]
    nonconforming values are found, the bobbin will not be accepted. Also, any
    bobbin with the mean out of the [*****] range will not be accepted.

2 - Only [*****] nonapproved bobbin from the group of [*****] will be accepted. 


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ISO Standard for supplier quality system evaluation 



- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Additional Information:

Pallet dimensions: 1,100 mm +0 -30 depth, 1,100 mm +0 -30 width, 100 mm height
to allow forks to enter. 


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Notes

1 - Any material modification even if not influencing the above specified 
    parameters, should be communicated by the supplier in order that Souza Cruz
    can evaluate possible influences on its process.

2 - Specification copy control is responsibility of the person in charge of the
    Site. 




/s/ Souza Cruz                           
- -----------------------                    -------------------------
     Souza Cruz                                    Supplier


Dated issued: July 08, 1997     Supersedes Issue dated:           No. 230050

       Note: original document approved by Research & Development Center


"CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE
24B-2, PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS."
<PAGE>   43

SOUZA CRUZ
QUALITY SYSTEM                   RAW MATERIALS SPECIFICATION

QM/06-02
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DESCRIPTION: Type 648, 26 gsm, 25 mm, 30 CU marking press cigarette paper

                                 DEFECT
NO.         CHARACTERISTICS      CLASS    METHOD       UNIT      RATED VALUE     TOLERANCE

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>  <C>                         <C>   <C>           <C>         <C>              <C>
1    Core type                     A        --          mm       [*****]         [*****]
                                                                 [*****]            
2    Splice type                   A        --          --       [*****]            --
3    No. of splices per bobbin     A        --        counts        --           [*****]          
4    Core inner diameter           A        --          mm       [*****]         [*****]                   
5    Bobbin outer diameter         B        --          mm          --           [*****]
6    Bobbin making                 A        --          --          --              --
7    Machinability                 A    MK8 and MK9     --          --              --
                                         Machines 
8    Width                         A        --          mm       [*****]         [*****]                 
9    Basis weight                  B   ISO 536/76(E)   gsm       [*****]         [*****]                 
10   Thickness                     C     ASTM D645     u.m       [*****]         [*****]                 
11   Tensile strength              A     ASTM D3759    g/mm         --           [*****]
12   Permeability                                   
     Rated per bobbin and pallet   A        --       CORESTA     [*****]         [*****]               
     Std dev per pallet            A        --       CORESTA        --           [*****]
     Individual                    A        --       CORESTA     [*****]         [*****]               
13   Opacity                       A        --         %COI         --           [*****]
14   Calcium carbonate             A        --          %        [*****]         [*****]             
15   Sodium citrate                A        --          %        [*****]         [*****]             
16   Combustibility                A        --          s        [*****]         [*****]           
17   Length per bobbin             A        --          m        [*****]         [*****]         
18   Fiber composition             A        --          %        [*****]            --
                                                                 [*****]             
</TABLE>

Date issued: July 08, 1997    Supersedes issue dated:                No. 230051

        NOTE: original document approved by Research & Development Center


"CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE
24B-2, PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS."
<PAGE>   44
Packaging Conditions

One-way wooden pallet containing 140 bobbins each. A tag containing the 
following information should be stuck onto the outside of each pallet:

1 - Supplier name                   5 - Net weight
2 - Material code                   6 - Gross weight
3 - Paper type                      7 - Product code
4 - Date manufactured

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minimum Material Identification

Each roll should bear an identification tag inside the core with the following 
information:

                  1 - Paper maker No.
                  2 - Month manufactured
                  3 - Original reel number
                  4 - Paper type

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sampling System


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material Acceptance Conditions

The mean results of each variable for each supplied batch should be within the 
set tolerance limits, with [*****] of individual results out of tolerance being 
accepted.



Date issued: July 08, 1997        Supersedes issue dated:         No. 230051

       Note: original document approved by Research & Development Center

"CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE
24B-2, PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS."
<PAGE>   45

Permeability

1 - For each bobbin (among the fifteen bobbins measured) only [*****] value out
    of the [*****] range tolerance will be accepted, that is, if [*****] 
    nonconforming values are found, the bobbin will not be accepted. Also, any 
    bobbin with the mean out of the [*****] range will not be accepted.

2 - Only [*****] nonapproved bobbin from the group of [*****] will be accepted. 


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ISO Standard for supplier quality system evaluation 



- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Additional Information:

Pallet dimensions: 1,100 mm +0 -30 depth, 1,100 mm +0 -30 width, 100 mm height
to allow forks to enter. 


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Notes

1 - Any material modification even if not influencing the above specified 
    parameters, should be communicated by the supplier in order that Souza Cruz
    can evaluate possible influences on its process.

2 - Specification copy control is responsibility of the person in charge of the
    Site. 




/s/ Souza Cruz                           
- -----------------------                    -------------------------
     Souza Cruz                                    Supplier


Dated issued: July 08, 1997     Supersedes Issue dated:           No. 230051

       Note: original document approved by Research & Development Center


"CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE
24B-2, PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS."

<PAGE>   46
SOUZA CRUZ
QUALITY SYSTEM                   RAW MATERIALS SPECIFICATION

QM/06-02
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
      
DESCRIPTION: Type 648, 26 gsm, 26.5 mm, 30 CU marking press cigarette paper

                                 DEFECT
NO.         CHARACTERISTICS      CLASS    METHOD       UNIT      RATED VALUE     TOLERANCE

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>  <C>                         <C>   <C>           <C>       <C>               <C>
1    Core type                     A        --          mm     [*****]           [*****]
                                                               [*****]           [*****]
2    Splice type                   A        --          --     [*****]           [*****]
3    No. of splices per bobbin     A        --        counts   [*****]           [*****]
4    Core inner diameter           A        --          mm     [*****]           [*****]
5    Bobbin outer diameter         B        --          mm       --              [*****]
6    Bobbin making                 A        --          --       --                --
7    Machinability                 A    MK8 and MK9     --       --                --
                                         Machines 
8    Width                         A        --          mm     [*****]           [*****]
9    Basis weight                  B   ISO 536/76(E)   gsm     [*****]           [*****]
10   Thickness                     C     ASTM D645     u.m     [*****]           [*****]
11   Tensile strength              A     ASTM D3759    g/mm      --              [*****]
12   Permeability
     Rated per bobbin and pallet   A        --       CORESTA   [*****]           [*****]
     Std dev per pallet            A        --       CORESTA   [*****]           [*****]
     Individual                    A        --       CORESTA   [*****]           [*****]
13   Opacity                       A        --         %COI      --              [*****]
14   Calcium carbonate             A        --          %      [*****]           [*****]
15   Sodium citrate                A        --          %      [*****]           [*****]
16   Combustibility                A        --          s      [*****]           [*****]
17   Length per bobbin             A        --          m      [*****]           [*****]
18   Fiber composition             A        --          %      [*****]           [*****]
                                                               [*****]             --  
</TABLE>

Date issued: July 08, 1997    Supersedes issue dated:                No. 230052

        NOTE: original document approved by Research & Development Center



"CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE
24B-2, PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS."
<PAGE>   47
Packaging Conditions

One-way wooden pallet containing 140 bobbins each. A tag containing the 
following information should be stuck onto the outside of each pallet:

1 - Supplier name                   5 - Net weight
2 - Material code                   6 - Gross weight
3 - Paper type                      7 - Product code
4 - Date manufactured

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minimum Material Identification

Each roll should bear an identification tag inside the core with the following 
information:

                  1 - Paper maker No.
                  2 - Month manufactured
                  3 - Original reel number
                  4 - Paper type

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sampling System


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material Acceptance Conditions

The mean results of each variable for each supplied batch should be within the 
set tolerance limits, with [*****] of individual results out of tolerance being 
accepted.



Date issued: July 08, 1997        Supersedes issue dated:         No. 230052

       Note: original document approved by Research & Development Center


"CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE
24B-2, PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS."
<PAGE>   48
Permeability

1 - For each bobbin (among the fifteen bobbins measured) only [*****] 
    value out of the [*****] range tolerance will be accepted, that is, if
    [*****] nonconforming values are found, the bobbin will not be accepted.
    Also, any bobbin with the mean out of the [*****] range will not be
    accepted.

2 - Only [*****] nonapproved bobbin from the group of [*****] will be accepted. 


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ISO Standard for supplier quality system evaluation 



- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Additional Information:

Pallet dimensions: 1,100 mm +0 -30 depth, 1,100 mm +0 -30 width, 100 mm height
to allow forks to enter. 


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Notes

1 - Any material modification even if not influencing the above specified 
    parameters, should be communicated by the supplier in order that Souza Cruz
    can evaluate possible influences on its process.

2 - Specification copy control is responsibility of the person in charge of the
    Site. 




/s/ Souza Cruz                           
- -----------------------                    -------------------------
     Souza Cruz                                    Supplier


Dated issued: July 08, 1997     Supersedes Issue dated:           No. 230052

       Note: original document approved by Research & Development Center


"CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE
24B-2, PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS."
<PAGE>   49
SOUZA CRUZ
QUALITY SYSTEM                   RAW MATERIALS SPECIFICATION

QM/06-02
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DESCRIPTION: Type 649, 26 gsm, 26.5 mm, 30 CU marking press cigarette paper
                                 DEFECT
NO.         CHARACTERISTICS      CLASS    METHOD       UNIT      RATED VALUE     TOLERANCE
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>  <C>                         <C>   <C>           <C>       <C>               <C>
1    Core type                     A        --          mm     [*****]           [*****]
                                                               [*****]
2    Splice type                   A        --          --     [*****]              --
3    No. of splices per bobbin     A        --        counts      --             [*****]
4    Core inner diameter           A        --          mm     [*****]           [*****]
5    Bobbin outer diameter         B        --          mm        --             [*****]
6    Bobbin making                 A        --          --        --                --
7    Machinability                 A    MK8 and MK9     --        --                --
                                         Machines 
8    Width                         A        --          mm     [*****]           [*****]
9    Basis weight                  B   ISO 536/76(E)   gsm     [*****]           [*****]
10   Thickness                     C     ASTM D645     u.m     [*****]           [*****]
11   Tensile strength              A     ASTM D3759    g/mm       --             [*****]
12   Permeability
     Rated per bobbin and pallet   A        --       CORESTA   [*****]           [*****]
     Std dev per pallet            A        --       CORESTA      --             [*****]
     Individual                    A        --       CORESTA   [*****]           [*****]
13   Opacity                       A        --         %COI    [*****]           [*****]
14   Calcium carbonate             A        --          %      [*****]           [*****]
15   Sodium citrate                A        --          %      [*****]           [*****]
16   Combustibility                A        --          s      [*****]           [*****]
17   Length per bobbin             A        --          m      [*****]           [*****]
18   Fiber composition             A        --          %      [*****]              --
                                                               [*****]
</TABLE>

Date issued: July 08, 1997    Supersedes Issue dated:                No. 230053
        NOTE: original document approved by Research & Development Center


"CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE
24B-2, PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS."
<PAGE>   50
Packaging Conditions

One-way wooden pallet containing 140 bobbins each. A tag containing the 
following information should be stuck onto the outside of each pallet:

1 - Supplier name                   5 - Net weight
2 - Material code                   6 - Gross weight
3 - Paper type                      7 - Product code
4 - Date manufactured

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minimum Material Identification

Each roll should bear an identification tag inside the core with the following 
information:

                  1 - Paper maker No.
                  2 - Month manufactured
                  3 - Original reel number
                  4 - Paper type

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sampling System


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material Acceptance Conditions

The mean results of each variable for each supplied batch should be within the 
set tolerance limits, with [*****] of individual results out of tolerance being 
accepted.



Date issued: July 08, 1997        Supersedes issue dated:         No. 230053

       Note: original document approved by Research & Development Center


"CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE
24B-2, PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS."
<PAGE>   51
Permeability

1 - For each bobbin (among the fifteen bobbins measured) only [*****] value out
    of the [*****] range tolerance will be accepted, that is, if [*****]
    nonconforming values are found, the bobbin will not be accepted. Also, any
    bobbin with the mean out of the [*****] range will not be accepted.

2 - Only [*****] nonapproved bobbin from the group of [*****] will be accepted. 


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ISO Standard for supplier quality system evaluation 



- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Additional Information:

Pallet dimensions: 1,100 mm +0 -30 depth, 1,100 mm +0 -30 width, 100 mm height
to allow forks to enter. 


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Notes

1 - Any material modification even if not influencing the above specified 
    parameters, should be communicated by the supplier in order that Souza Cruz
    can evaluate possible influences on its process.

2 - Specification copy control is responsibility of the person in charge of the
    Site. 




/s/ Souza Cruz                           
- -----------------------                    -------------------------
     Souza Cruz                                    Supplier


Dated issued: July 08, 1997     Supersedes Issue dated:           No. 230053

       Note: original document approved by Research & Development Center


"CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE
24B-2, PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS."
<PAGE>   52
SOUZA CRUZ
QUALITY SYSTEM                   RAW MATERIALS SPECIFICATION

QM/06-02
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DESCRIPTION: Type 612, 26 gsm, 25 mm, 50 CU marking press cigarette paper
                                  DEFECT
NO.         CHARACTERISTICS      CLASS    METHOD       UNIT      RATED VALUE     TOLERANCE
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>  <C>                         <C>   <C>           <C>        <C>               <C>
1    Core type                     A        --          mm      [*****]           [*****]
                                                                [*****]
2    Splice type                   6A       --          --      [*****]               --
3    No. of splices per bobbin     A        --        counts        --            [*****]
4    Core inner diameter           A        --          mm      [*****]           [*****]
5    Bobbin outer diameter         B        --          mm          --            [*****]
6    Bobbin making                 A        --          --          --                --
7    Machinability                 A    MK8 and MK9     --          --                --
                                         Machines 
8    Width                         A        --          mm      [*****]           [*****]
9    Basis weight                  B   ISO 536/76(E)   gsm      [*****]           [*****]
10   Thickness                     C     ASTM D645     u.m      [*****]           [*****]
11   Tensile strength              A     ASTM D3759    g/mm         --            [*****]
12   Permeability
     Rated per bobbin and pallet   A        --       CORESTA    [*****]           [*****]
     Std dev per pallet            A        --       CORESTA        --            [*****]
     Individual                    A        --       CORESTA    [*****]           [*****]
13   Opacity                       A        --         %COI         --            [*****]
14   Calcium carbonate             A        --          %       [*****]           [*****]
15   Sodium citrate                A        --          %       [*****]           [*****]
16   Combustibility                A        --          s       [*****]           [*****]
17   Length per bobbin             A        --          m       [*****]           [*****]
18   Fiber composition             A        --          %       [*****]               --
                                                                [*****]
</TABLE>

Date issued: July 08, 1997    Supersedes Issue dated:                No. 230054
        NOTE: original document approved by Research & Development Center

"CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE
24B-2, PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS."
<PAGE>   53
Packaging Conditions

One-way wooden pallet containing 140 bobbins each. A tag containing the 
following information should be stuck onto the outside of each pallet:

1 - Supplier name                   5 - Net weight
2 - Material code                   6 - Gross weight
3 - Paper type                      7 - Product code
4 - Date manufactured

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minimum Material Identification

Each roll should bear an identification tag inside the core with the following 
information:

                  1 - Paper maker No.
                  2 - Month manufactured
                  3 - Original reel number
                  4 - Paper type

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sampling System


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material Acceptance Conditions

The mean results of each variable for each supplied batch should be within the 
set tolerance limits, with [*****] of individual results out of tolerance being
accepted.



Date issued: July 08, 1997        Supersedes Issue dated:         No. 230054

       Note: original document approved by Research & Development Center


"CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE
24B-2, PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS."
<PAGE>   54
Permeability

1 -  For each bobbin (among the fifteen bobbins measured) only [*****] value out
     of the [*****] range tolerance will be accepted, that is, if [*****]
     nonconforming values are found, the bobbin will not be accepted. Also, any
     bobbin with the mean out of the [*****] range will not be accepted.

2 - Only [*****] nonapproved bobbin from the group of [*****] will be accepted. 


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ISO Standard for supplier quality system evaluation 



- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Additional Information:

Pallet dimensions: 1,100 mm +0 -30 depth, 1,100 mm +0 -30 width, 100 mm height
to allow forks to enter. 


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Notes

1 - Any material modification even if not influencing the above specified 
    parameters, should be communicated by the supplier in order that Souza Cruz
    can evaluate possible influences on its process.

2 - Specification copy control is responsibility of the person in charge of the
    Site. 




/s/ Souza Cruz                           
- -----------------------                    -------------------------
     Souza Cruz                                    Supplier


Dated issued: July 08, 1997     Supersedes Issue dated:           No. 230054

       Note: original document approved by Research & Development Center

"CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE
24B-2, PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS."
<PAGE>   55
SOUZA CRUZ
QUALITY SYSTEM                   RAW MATERIALS SPECIFICATION

QM/06-02
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DESCRIPTION: Type 612, 26 gsm, 26.5 mm, 50 CU marking press cigarette paper
                                 DEFECT
NO.         CHARACTERISTICS      CLASS    METHOD       UNIT      RATED VALUE     TOLERANCE
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>  <C>                         <C>   <C>           <C>       <C>               <C>
1    Core type                     A        --          mm        [*****]           [*****]
                                                                  [*****]
2    Splice type                   A        --          --        [*****]               --
3    No. of splices per bobbin     A        --        counts          --            [*****]
4    Core inner diameter           A        --          mm        [*****]           [*****]
5    Bobbin outer diameter         B        --          mm        [*****]           [*****]
6    Bobbin making                 A        --          --            --                --
7    Machinability                 A    MK8 and MK9     --            --                --
                                         Machines 
8    Width                         A        --          mm        [*****]           [*****]
9    Basis weight                  B   ISO 536/76(E)   gsm        [*****]           [*****]
10   Thickness                     C     ASTM D645     u.m        [*****]           [*****]
11   Tensile strength              A     ASTM D3759    g/mm           --            [*****]
12   Permeability
     Rated per bobbin and pallet   A        --       CORESTA      [*****]           [*****]
     Std dev per pallet            A        --       CORESTA          --            [*****]
     Individual                    A        --       CORESTA      [*****]           [*****]
13   Opacity                       A        --         %COI           --            [*****]
14   Calcium carbonate             A        --          %         [*****]           [*****]
15   Sodium citrate                A        --          %         [*****]           [*****]
16   Combustibility                A        --          s         [*****]           [*****]
17   Length per bobbin             A        --          m         [*****]           [*****]
18   Fiber composition             A        --          %         [*****]               --
                                                                  [*****]
</TABLE>

Date issued: July 08, 1997    Supersedes Issue dated:                No. 230055
        NOTE: original document approved by Research & Development Center

"CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE
24B-2, PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS."
<PAGE>   56
Packaging Conditions

One-way wooden pallet containing 140 bobbins each. A tag containing the 
following information should be stuck onto the outside of each pallet:

1 - Supplier name                   5 - Net weight
2 - Material code                   6 - Gross weight
3 - Paper type                      7 - Product code
4 - Date manufactured

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minimum Material Identification

Each roll should bear an identification tag inside the core with the following 
information:

                  1 - Paper maker No.
                  2 - Month manufactured
                  3 - Original reel number
                  4 - Paper type

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sampling System


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material Acceptance Conditions

The mean results of each variable for each supplied batch should be within the 
set tolerance limits, with [*****] of individual results out of tolerance being
accepted.



Date issued: July 08, 1997        Supersedes Issue dated:         No. 230055

       Note: original document approved by Research & Development Center

"CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE
24B-2, PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS."
<PAGE>   57
Permeability

1 - For each bobbin (among the fifteen bobbins measured) only [*****] value out 
    of the [*****] range tolerance will be accepted, that is, if [*****] 
    nonconforming values are found, the bobbin will not be accepted. Also, any 
    bobbin with the mean out of the [*****] range will not be accepted.

2 - Only one nonapproved bobbin from the group of five will be accepted. 


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ISO Standard for supplier quality system evaluation 



- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Additional Information:

Pallet dimensions: 1,100 mm +0 -30 depth, 1,100 mm +0 -30 width, 100 mm height
to allow forks to enter. 


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Notes

1 - Any material modification even if not influencing the above specified 
    parameters, should be communicated by the supplier in order that Souza Cruz
    can evaluate possible influences on its process.

2 - Specification copy control is responsibility of the person in charge of the
    Site. 




/s/ Souza Cruz                           
- -----------------------                    -------------------------
     Souza Cruz                                    Supplier


Dated issued: July 08, 1997     Supersedes Issue dated:           No. 230055

       Note: original document approved by Research & Development Center

"CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE
24B-2, PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS."
<PAGE>   58
SOUZA CRUZ
QUALITY SYSTEM                   RAW MATERIALS SPECIFICATION

QM/06-02
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DESCRIPTION: Type 613, 26 gsm, 26.5 mm, 50 CU marking press cigarette paper
                                 DEFECT
NO.         CHARACTERISTICS      CLASS    METHOD       UNIT      RATED VALUE     TOLERANCE
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>  <C>                         <C>   <C>           <C>       <C>               <C>
1    Core type                     A        --          mm     [*****]           [*****]
                                                               [*****]
2    Splice type                   A        --          --     [*****]               --
3    No. of splices per bobbin     A        --        counts       --            [*****]
4    Core inner diameter           A        --          mm     [*****]           [*****]
5    Bobbin outer diameter         B        --          mm         --            [*****]
6    Bobbin making                 A        --          --         --                --
7    Machinability                 A    MK8 and MK9     --         --                --
                                         Machines 
8    Width                         A        --          mm     [*****]           [*****]
9    Basis weight                  B   ISO 536/76(E)   gsm     [*****]           [*****]
10   Thickness                     C     ASTM D645     u.m     [*****]           [*****]
11   Tensile strength              A     ASTM D3759    g/mm        --            [*****]
12   Permeability
     Rated per bobbin and pallet   A        --       CORESTA   [*****]           [*****]
     Std dev per pallet            A        --       CORESTA       --            [*****]
     Individual                    A        --       CORESTA   [*****]           [*****]
13   Opacity                       A        --         %COI        --            [*****]
14   Calcium carbonate             A        --          %      [*****]           [*****]
15   Sodium citrate                A        --          %      [*****]           [*****]
16   Combustibility                A        --          s      [*****]           [*****]
17   Length per bobbin             A        --          m      [*****]           [*****]
18   Fiber composition             A        --          %      [*****]               --
                                                               [*****]
</TABLE>

Date issued: July 08, 1997    Supersedes issue dated:                No. 230056
        NOTE: original document approved by Research & Development Center

"CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE
24B-2, PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS."

<PAGE>   59
Packaging Conditions

One-way wooden pallet containing 140 bobbins each. A tag containing the 
following information should be stuck onto the outside of each pallet:

1 - Supplier name                   5 - Net weight
2 - Material code                   6 - Gross weight
3 - Paper type                      7 - Product code
4 - Date manufactured

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minimum Material Identification

Each roll should bear an identification tag inside the core with the following 
information:

                  1 - Paper maker No.
                  2 - Month manufactured
                  3 - Original reel number
                  4 - Paper type

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sampling System


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material Acceptance Conditions

The mean results of each variable for each supplied batch should be within the 
set tolerance limits, with [*****] of individual results out of tolerance being
accepted.



Date issued: July 08, 1997        Supersedes Issue dated:         No. 230056

       Note: original document approved by Research & Development Center

"CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE
24B-2, PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS."
<PAGE>   60
Permeability

1 -  For each bobbin (among the fifteen bobbins measured) only [*****] value out
     of the [*****] range tolerance will be accepted, that is, if [*****]
     nonconforming values are found, the bobbin will not be accepted. Also, any
     bobbin with the mean out of the [*****] range will not be accepted.

2 - Only [*****] nonapproved bobbin from the group of [*****] will be accepted.


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ISO Standard for supplier quality system evaluation 



- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Additional Information:

Pallet dimensions: 1,100 mm +0 -30 depth, 1,100 mm +0 -30 width, 100 mm height
to allow forks to enter. 


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Notes

1 - Any material modification even if not influencing the above specified 
    parameters, should be communicated by the supplier in order that Souza Cruz
    can evaluate possible influences on its process.

2 - Specification copy control is responsibility of the person in charge of the
    Site. 




/s/ Souza Cruz                           
- -----------------------                    -------------------------
     Souza Cruz                                    Supplier


Dated issued: July 08, 1997     Supersedes Issue dated:           No. 230056

       Note: original document approved by Research & Development Center

"CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE
24B-2, PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS."
<PAGE>   61



                                    ANNEX 2



                          ANNUAL REQUIREMENT ESTIMATES




As referred to in Clause II (a), Purchaser's projected requirements for the
Products for the calendar year beginning 1 January 1998 are set out below. It
should be noted that these projections are estimates only and do not impose any
purchase obligation on Purchaser. Orders are referred in Clause VII (b).



               Volumes - January to December/1998 (in metric tons)


                         Tissue        [*****] 
                         Tipping       [*****] 
                         Plug Wrap     [*****]
                         RYO (1)       [*****]
                                        ----

                         Total         [*****]



(1)  This grade has to be sold to Purchaser through a converter company and not
     directly. 


"CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE
24B-2, PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS."
<PAGE>   62
                                    ANNEX 3                         


                         
1.  [*****]
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    

2.  [*****]
    
    
    

    

    
    

    
    
    

    
    
    

3.  [*****]






"CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE
24B-2, PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS."
  
<PAGE>   63



                                    ANNEX 4
                                        
                             DISASTER RECOVER PLAN
<PAGE>   64
1 - Risk Analysis

[*****]


"CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE
24B-2, PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS."

<PAGE>   65
      1.2 - RISK GRADE ANALYSIS/MINIMIZATION ACTIONS

[*****]

2-CONCLUSION

"CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE
24B-2, PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS."
<PAGE>   66


   Maintenance of the present [*****] of finished bobbins:

                                    [*****]

                for any fabrication item destined to Souza Cruz.

"CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE
24B-2, PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS."
<PAGE>   67


                                    ANNEX 5
                                    [*****]


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                 CHARACTERISTICS                                               PRICE(3) IN US$

TYPE/GRADE       FIBER       G/M2       UNIT         WIDTH          PRESENT            USS/TON
- ----------       -----       ----       ----         -----          -------            -------
                                                                      (4)                (5)
<S>              <C>         <C>        <C>          <C>            <C>                <C> 
[*****]


</TABLE>
[*****]

"CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE
24B-2, PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS."

<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.11


                          SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFIT PLAN
                 AMENDED AND RESTATED AS OF FEBRUARY 25, 1999
                                      
                          SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFIT PLAN
                                    TO THE
                    SCHWEITZER-MAUDUIT INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                               RETIREMENT PLAN
                                      
                       Effective as of December 1, 1995

1.   Use of Defined Terms.  Capitalized terms used herein have the respective 
     meanings ascribed to such terms as set forth in Section 5 below.

2.   Purpose.  The Supplemental Benefit Plan is for the purpose of providing
     Participants and their Survivors with such benefits, in addition to the
     Retirement Plan, as are necessary to fulfill the intent of the Retirement
     Plan without regard to Section 415 and Section 401(a)(17) of the Code. It
     is intended that the Supplemental Benefit Plan constitute an unfunded plan
     of deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly
     compensated employees, within the meaning of Title I of ERISA.

3.   Benefit.  The Benefit of a Participant or a Survivor under the 
     Supplemental Benefit Plan shall be the difference between:

     (a)  the monthly amount payable under the Retirement Plan, which monthly
          amount shall be calculated (i) without regard to Article XI of the
          Retirement Plan and (ii) using the term Earnings defined as set forth
          in Section 5(e) of the Supplemental Benefit Plan below; less

     (b)  the monthly amount payable under the Retirement Plan.

4.   Amendment and Termination.  The Company, by action of its Board of
     Directors, may amend the Supplemental Benefit Plan in any respect, or
     terminate the Supplemental Benefit Plan at any time; provided, however,
     that no such amendment or termination shall be effective to the extent it
     adversely impacts the Benefit of any Participant or Survivor accrued as of
     the effective date of such amendment or termination.

<PAGE>   2

5. DEFINITIONS.   The following capitalized terms shall have the respective 
meanings set forth below:

         (a) "Benefit" shall mean a benefit payable pursuant to, and determined
             in accordance with the provisions of the Supplemental Benefit Plan.

         (b) "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

         (c) "Company" shall mean Schweitzer-Mauduit International, Inc.

         (d) "Committee" shall mean the Committee named under the Retirement 
             Plan.

         (e) "Earnings" shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of
             Article X of the Retirement Plan without regard to any limitation
             under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code.

         (f) "Employer" shall mean the Company or any participating employer
             shown in Appendix A to the Retirement Plan.

         (g) "ERISA" shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
             1974, as amended.

         (h) "Participant" shall mean a participant in the Retirement Plan who
             (i) is a member of a "select group of management or highly
             compensated employees" of the Company, within the meaning of Title
             I of ERISA, and (ii) has earnings in excess of the limit provided
             under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code for any calendar year in which
             the Participant participates in the Retirement Plan, except that no
             individual shall be a participant herein to the extent that such
             participation in this Supplemental Benefit Plan would prevent this
             Supplemental Benefit Plan from being maintained primarily for the
             purpose of providing deferred compensation to a select group of
             management or highly compensated employees, or is precluded by an
             agreement between the Company and such individual.


                                       2
<PAGE>   3

         (i) "Retirement Plan" shall mean the Schweitzer-Mauduit International,
             Inc. Retirement Plan, or any successor defined benefit pension
             plan.

         (j) "Supplemental Benefit Plan" shall mean this Supplemental Benefit
             Plan to the Schweitzer-Mauduit International, Inc. Retirement Plan.

         (k) "Survivor" shall refer to any of a Designated Beneficiary,
             surviving spouse or Surviving Minor Children of a Participant,
             within the meaning of the Retirement Plan.

6. MISCELLANEOUS

         (a) The Company is the Plan Sponsor of this Supplemental Benefit Plan,
             within the meaning of ERISA.

         (b) The Committee shall administer the Supplemental Benefit Plan and
             shall have all such powers and duties in its discretion as may be
             necessary to discharge its duties, including, but not limited to,
             the power to construe and interpret the Supplemental Benefit Plan,
             determine all questions of eligibility, and compute the amount and
             determine the method of payment of any Benefits hereunder.

         (c) Amounts paid under the Supplemental Benefit Plan shall be paid to
             such person on the same terms and conditions, at the same times,
             and pursuant to the same elections made by the Participant, as they
             would have been paid under the Retirement Plan, were it not for the
             limitation on benefits under Code Sections 415 and 401(a)(17).

         (d) An application or claim for a benefit under the Retirement Plan
             shall constitute a claim for a Benefit under the Supplemental
             Benefit Plan. In the event a claim for a Benefit under the
             Supplemental Benefit Plan is denied, a Participant or Survivor
             shall be entitled to request a review of such denied claim in
             accordance with the provisions of Section 6.8 of the Retirement
             Plan.

                                       3
<PAGE>   4
          (e)  The Supplemental Benefit Plan shall not be a funded plan, and the
               Company shall be under no obligation to set aside any funds for
               the purpose of making payments under this Plan. Any payments
               hereunder shall be made out of the general assets of the Company.

          (f)  Subject to the provisions of Section 4, the Supplemental Benefit
               Plan shall automatically terminate when the Retirement Plan
               terminates.

          (g)  There shall be deducted from the payment of any Benefits due a
               Participant or a Survivor under the Supplemental Benefit Plan the
               amount of any tax required by any governmental authority to be
               withheld and paid over by the Company or other person or entity
               paying Benefits under this Supplemental Benefit Plan to such
               governmental authority for the account of the Participant or
               Survivor entitled to such payment.

          (h)  Neither the Participant, his Survivor, nor his legal
               representative shall have any rights to sell, assign, transfer,
               or otherwise convey the right to receive the payment of any
               portion or all of the Benefits payable hereunder. Any attempt to
               assign or transfer the right to Benefit payments under this
               Supplemental Benefit Plan shall be null and void and of no
               effect.

          (i)  Participation hereunder shall not be construed as creating any
               contract of employment between the Company and a Participant, nor
               shall it limit the right of the Company to suspend, terminate,
               alter, modify, whether or not for cause, the employment
               relationship between the Company and a Participant.

          (j)  This Supplemental Benefit Plan shall be construed in accordance
               with the laws of the State of Georgia, to the extent such laws
               are not otherwise superseded by the laws of the United States.


                                       4

<PAGE>   5

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has adopted this SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFIT PLAN 
TO THE SCHWEITZER-MAUDUIT INTERNATIONAL, INC. RETIREMENT PLAN as of 
_____________, 1995.

SCHWEITZER-MAUDUIT INTERNATIONAL, INC.



By: __________________________________
      Wayne H. Deitrich
      Chairman of the Board
      and Chief Executive Officer

                                       5

<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.12















                     SCHWEITZER-MAUDUIT INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                            EXECUTIVE SEVERANCE PLAN

                             Amended and Restated -
                             As of February 25, 1999



<PAGE>   2



                     SCHWEITZER-MAUDUIT INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                   EXECUTIVE SEVERANCE PLAN FOR KEY EMPLOYEES
                  AMENDED AND RESTATED AS OF FEBRUARY 25, 1999


                    ARTICLE 1 - PURPOSE AND ADOPTION OF PLAN

         1.1      Adoption of Plan. Schweitzer-Mauduit International, Inc.
("Company") hereby amends and restates the Schweitzer-Mauduit International,
Inc. Executive Severance Plan as of February 25, 1999. The Company intends that
this Plan qualify as and come within the various exceptions and exemptions under
the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 ("ERISA"), as amended, for
an unfunded plan maintained primarily for a select group of management or highly
compensated employees, and any ambiguities in this Plan shall be construed to
effect that intent. The benefits of this Plan for U.S. Employees (as hereinafter
defined) shall be paid solely from the general assets of the Company. The
benefits of this Plan for French Employees (as hereinafter defined) shall be
paid by the French Employer (as hereinafter defined) but, if as a result of
applicable French laws, a French Employer would be prohibited from paying the
benefits of this Plan to a French Employee, any such benefits shall be paid by
the Company to such French Employee. 

         1.2      Purpose. The Plan is primarily designed to provide benefits to
certain Key Employees (as hereinafter defined) upon termination of employment as
a result of a Change of Control or otherwise.

         1.3      Effect on Other Plans Sponsored by the Company or by a French
Employer. The benefits payable under the Plan are in addition to the coverage
and benefits generally afforded by Other Plans (as hereinafter defined) to Key
Employees terminating from the



                                       1
<PAGE>   3


service of the Company or, as the case may be, from the service of a French
Employer and any other programs sponsored by the Company or provided to
Participants who are French Employees including, but not limited to, vested
benefits under any qualified employee benefit plans. However, nothing herein is
intended to or shall be construed to require the Company or a French Employer to
institute or continue in effect any particular plan or benefit sponsored by the
Company or such French Employer, and the Company and each French Employer hereby
reserve the right to amend or terminate any of their Other Plans or benefit
programs at any time in accordance with the procedures set forth in each such
plan or program and any applicable law. 

         The masculine pronoun shall be construed to include the feminine
pronoun and singular shall include the plural where the context so requires.


                             ARTICLE 2 - DEFINITIONS

         2.1      "Administrator" shall mean the Compensation Committee of the
Board.

         2.2      "Agreement" shall mean the participation agreement provided to
a Key Employee by the Administrator as provided in Section 3.2.

         2.3     "Annual Compensation" shall mean:

                  a)       For U.S. Employees, a Participant's rate of base
                           salary paid or payable for a calendar year by the
                           Company and any incentive award paid or payable to
                           such Participant pursuant to the Schweitzer-Mauduit
                           International, Inc. Annual Incentive Plan (the "SMI
                           Annual Incentive Plan") or any replacement or
                           successor to such plan for such calendar year.

                  b)       For French Employees, a Participant's rate of base
                           salary paid or payable for a calendar year by his
                           French Employer, plus any incentive award paid 



                                       2
<PAGE>   4

                           or payable to such Participant pursuant to the SMI
                           Annual Incentive Plan or any replacement or successor
                           to such plan for such calendar year, plus any
                           profit-sharing paid or payable by his French Employer
                           attributable to such calendar year minus the
                           aggregate amount of (i) any Convention Collective
                           payments, (ii) Assedic Payments, or (iii) private
                           insurance payments paid or payable to such
                           Participant as a result of a Change of Control
                           Termination.

         2.4      "Basic Plan" shall mean the Securite Sociale retirement
benefit plan sponsored by the French Government.

         2.5      "Board" shall mean the Board of Directors of
Schweitzer-Mauduit International, Inc.

         2.6      "Cause" shall mean the termination of the Participant's
employment by the Company or by his French Employer, as the case may be on the
basis of criminal or civil fraud on the part of the Participant. 

         2.7      "Change of Control" shall mean the date as of which: (a) a
third person, including a "group" as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, acquires actual or beneficial ownership of
shares of the Company having 15% or more of the total number of votes that may
be cast for the election of Directors of the Company; or (b) as the result of
any cash tender or exchange offer, merger or other business combination, sale of
assets or contested election, or any combination of the foregoing transactions
(a "Transaction"), the persons who were directors of the Company before the
Transaction shall cease to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of
the Company or any successor to the Company.



                                       3
<PAGE>   5

         2.8      "Change of Control Termination" shall mean the termination of
a Participant's employment by the Company or his French Employer, as the case
may be, within two years of a Change of Control for any reason other than
Retirement, Disability or the Participant's death.

         2.9      "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended.

         2.10     "Company" shall mean Schweitzer-Mauduit International, Inc.
and each of its successors and assigns.

         2.11     "Complementary Plan" shall mean the national pension plans for
French Employees and workers sponsored by the Association des Regimes de
Retraite Complementaires ("ARRCO") and the Association Generale des Institutions
de Retraite des Cadres ("AGIRC"), respectively.

         2.12     "Disability" shall mean Totally and Permanently Disabled,
within the meaning of the Retirement Plan, provided that the Administrator shall
make any such determination with respect to a Participant hereunder.

         2.13     "French Employee" shall mean an individual employed by one of
the French Employers.

         2.14     "French Employer(s)" mean Schweitzer-Mauduit France, S.A.R.L.
or LTR Industries, S.A. and their respective subsidiaries.

         2.15     "French Supplementary Plans" shall mean the supplementary
pension benefit plans provided, respectively, by Papeteries de Mauduit, S.A. and
LTR Industries, S.A. to their employees.

         2.16     "Key Employee" shall mean an individual who is a member of a
select group of management or highly compensated French Employees and/or U.S.
Employees, as determined from time to time by the Administrator.


                                       4
<PAGE>   6

         2.17     "Other Plans" shall mean other plans of the Company or of the
French Employer, including but not limited to the Schweitzer-Mauduit
International, Inc. Annual Incentive Plan, the Schweitzer-Mauduit International,
Inc. Equity Participation Plan, the Schweitzer-Mauduit International, Inc.
Long-Term Incentive Plan, and the Supplemental Plan.

         2.18     "Participant" shall mean a Key Employee who has entered into
an Agreement with the Administrator in accordance with Section 3.2.

         2.19     "Plan" shall mean this Schweitzer-Mauduit International, Inc.
Executive Severance Plan.

         2.20     "Retirement" shall mean

         a.       For U.S. Employees, the voluntary termination of the
                  Participant's employment by the Company pursuant to the terms
                  of the qualified defined benefit pension plan of the Company,
                  which termination was initiated by such Participant in writing
                  pursuant to the procedures of such qualified defined benefit
                  pension plan prior to a Change of Control notwithstanding the
                  Participant's actual retirement date occurs after a Change of
                  Control.

         b.       For French Employees, the voluntary termination of the
                  Participant's employment by his French Employer as a result of
                  such Participant's retirement pursuant to the terms of the
                  Basic Plan, the Complementary Plan and, if applicable, the
                  French Supplementary Plan, which termination was initiated by
                  such Participant in writing pursuant to the procedures of such
                  Basic Plan, Complementary Plan and, if applicable, French
                  Supplementary Plan prior Change of Control, notwithstanding
                  that the Participant's actual retirement date occurs after a
                  Change of Control.


                                       5
<PAGE>   7

         2.21     "Retirement Plan" shall mean the Schweitzer-Mauduit
International, Inc. Retirement Plan.

         2.22     "Supplemental Plan" shall mean the Supplemental Benefit Plan
to the Schweitzer-Mauduit International, Inc. Retirement Plan.

         2.23     "U.S. Employee" shall mean individuals employed by the
Company.

         2.24     "Voluntary Resignation" shall mean termination of a
Participant's employment with the Company or the French Employer(s) as a result
of a resignation initiated by the Participant which is unrelated to any act or
omission of the Company or the French Employer, as the case may be, which could
reasonably be construed to be a constructive discharge of such Participant.


                             ARTICLE 3 - ELIGIBILITY

         3.1      Eligibility to Participate. The Administrator shall from time
to time determine in writing the Key Employees who are eligible to participate
in this Plan. A list of current Participants shall be set forth on Appendix A
hereto, as updated by the Committee from time to time.

         3.2      Agreement. The Administrator shall enter into a participation
agreement with each Key Employee the Administrator determines to be eligible for
participation in this Plan. Such Agreement shall identify the Key Employee as a
Participant in this Plan and shall contain such terms as deemed appropriate by
the Administrator, but shall be consistent with and governed by the terms of
this Plan.



                                       6
<PAGE>   8


                               ARTICLE 4 - SEVERANCE BENEFITS

         4.1      Termination Following Change of Control. (a) If a
Participant's employment with the Company or his French Employer, as the case
may be, shall terminate within two years of a Change of Control for any reason
other than Retirement, Disability or the Participant's death, the Company or,
subject to the provisions of Section 1.1, the French Employer, as the case may
be, shall pay or, with respect to certain benefits hereinafter described, shall
cause to be paid to the Participant the following benefits:

                  (1)      an amount equal to three times the Participant's
                           highest Annual Compensation for any calendar year
                           beginning with or within the three-year period
                           terminating on the date of termination of the
                           Participant's employment, which amount shall be paid
                           to the Participant in cash on or before the fifth day
                           following the date of termination;

                  (2)      for a period of three years following the date of
                           termination of employment, the Participant and anyone
                           entitled to claim under or through the Participant
                           shall be entitled to benefits as follows:

                           i)       For U.S. Employees, all benefits under the
                                    group health care plan, dental care plan,
                                    life or other insurance or death benefit
                                    plan, or other present or future similar
                                    group employee benefit plan or program of
                                    the Company for which key executives are
                                    eligible at the date of a Change of Control,
                                    to the same extent as if the Participant had
                                    continued to be an employee of the Company
                                    during such period and such benefits shall,
                                    to the extent not fully paid under any such
                                    plan or program, be paid by the Company; and


                                       7
<PAGE>   9

                           ii)      for French Employees, all medical and dental
                                    benefits provided by "Social Securite",
                                    medical, dental and life insurance or death
                                    benefit plans, or other present or future
                                    similar medical, dental, life or other
                                    insurance or death benefit plans or programs
                                    generally available to French Employees for
                                    which such Participant is eligible at the
                                    date of the Change of Control, to the same
                                    extent as if the Participant had continued
                                    to be a French Employee during such period
                                    and such benefits shall, to the extent not
                                    fully paid under any such plan or program,
                                    be paid by the French Employer.

                  (3)      for U.S. Employees, an amount equal to the Actuarial
                           Equivalent (as defined in the Retirement Plan) of the
                           accrued benefit the Participant would have earned
                           under the Retirement Plan and the Supplemental Plan
                           for the three-year period following the date of the
                           termination of his employment with the Company based
                           on the Participant's earnings in effect for purposes
                           of the Retirement Plan and the Supplemental Plan on
                           the date of such termination, which amount shall be
                           paid to the Participant in cash on or before the
                           fifth day following the date of termination; and

                  (4)      for French Employees, a lump sum equal to the sum of
                           the following amounts which sum shall be payable in
                           cash on or before the tenth day following the date of
                           termination:

                           (i)      the cost of purchasing any pension credits
                                    lost by a Participant under the Basic Plan
                                    as a result of a Change of Control


                                       8
<PAGE>   10

                                    Termination, but in no event shall the
                                    pension credits so purchased exceed 12
                                    quarters of pension credits;

                           (ii)     a lump sum equal to (x) the purchase price
                                    of any pension credits lost by a Participant
                                    under the Complementary Plan plus (y) the
                                    present value of any portion of lost pension
                                    credits which may not be purchased back from
                                    the Complementary Plan, each as a result of
                                    a Change of Control Termination provided,
                                    however, that in no event shall such lost
                                    Complementary Plan benefits exceed the
                                    present worth of three years of such lost
                                    pension benefits; and

                           (iii)    for pension benefits lost under the French
                                    Supplementary Plan as a result of a Change
                                    of Control Termination, payment of a lump
                                    sum calculated as follows:

                                    a)       if the Participant is terminated
                                             between ages 62 and 65, a lump sum
                                             equal to the present worth of the
                                             difference between the pension
                                             benefits the Participant would have
                                             received at age 65 absent the
                                             Change of Control Termination and
                                             the reduced pension benefit such
                                             Participant will receive at age 65
                                             as a result of such termination;

                                    b)       if the Participant is terminated
                                             between ages 60 and 62, payment of
                                             a lump sum as calculated in (a)
                                             above multiplied by the ratio of A
                                             to B where A = three years and B =
                                             the number of years between 



                                       9
<PAGE>   11

                                             the Change of Control Termination
                                             and attainment of age 65.

                                    c)       if the Participant is terminated
                                             before age 60 or with less than 20
                                             years service with a French
                                             Employer, a lump sum equal to the
                                             present worth of the pension
                                             benefit the Participant would have
                                             received at age 65, absent the
                                             Change of Control Termination
                                             multiplied by the ratio of A to B
                                             where A = three years and B = the
                                             number of years between the Change
                                             of Control Termination and the date
                                             on which the Participant would
                                             attain age 65 provided, however,
                                             that no such lump sum shall be
                                             payable unless such Participant
                                             could have earned 20 years service
                                             with a French Employer on or before
                                             attainment of age 65, absent a
                                             Change of Control Termination.

         (b)      If a Participant is or may be liable for Federal income taxes
in the United States, such Participant's Agreement shall provide that the
parties agree that the payments provided in Section 4.1(a) hereof are reasonable
compensation in light of the Participant's services rendered to the Company or
the French Employer, as the case may be, and that neither party shall contest
the payment of such benefits as constituting an "excess parachute payment"
within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(1) of the Code.



                                       10
<PAGE>   12

         (c)      In the event that (i) the Participant becomes entitled to the
compensation and benefits described in Section 4.1(a) hereof ("Compensation
Payments"), (ii) the Company determines, based upon the advice of tax counsel
selected by the Company's independent auditors and acceptable to the
Participant, that, as a result of such Compensation Payments and any other
benefits or payments required to be taken into account under Code Section
280G(b)(2) ("Parachute Payments"), any of such Parachute Payments must be
reported by the Company as "excess parachute payments", and (iii) such Parachute
Payments are 3.5 or more times the "base amount" as defined in Code Section
280G(b)(3) with respect to such Participant ("Base Amount"), the Company shall
pay to the Participant at the time specified in Section 4.1(a) above an
additional amount ("Gross-Up Payment") such that the net amount retained by the
Participant, after deduction of any of the tax imposed on the Participant by
Section 4999 of the Code ("Excise Tax") and any Federal, state and local income
tax and Excise Tax upon the Gross-Up Payment, shall be equal to the Parachute
Payments determined prior to the application of this paragraph. The value of any
non-cash benefits or any deferred payment or benefit shall be determined by the
Company's independent auditors. For purposes of determining the amount of the
Gross-Up Payment, the Participant shall be deemed to pay Federal income taxes at
the highest marginal rate of Federal income taxation in the calendar year in
which the Gross-Up Payment is to be made and state and local income taxes at the
highest marginal rates of taxation in the state and locality of the
Participant's residence on the date of termination of his employment, net of the
maximum reduction in Federal income taxes which could be obtained from deduction
of such state and local taxes. In the event that the Excise Tax payable by the
Participant is subsequently determined to be less than the amount, if any, taken
into account hereunder at the time of termination of the Participant's
employment, the Participant shall repay



                                       11
<PAGE>   13

to the Company at the time that the amount of such reduction in Excise Tax is
finally determined the portion of the Gross-Up Payment attributable to such
reduction plus interest on the amount of such repayment at the rate provided for
in Section 1274(b)(2)(B) of the Code ("Repayment Amount"). In the event that the
Excise Tax payable by the Participant is determined to exceed the amount, if
any, taken into account hereunder at the time of the termination of the
Participant's employment (including by reason of any payment the existence or
amount of which cannot be determined at the time of the Gross-Up Payment), the
Company shall make an additional Gross-Up Payment in respect of such excess
(plus any interest and penalty payable with respect to such excess) immediately
prior to the time that the amount of such excess is required to be paid by
Participant (regardless of any contest of such payment pursuant to Section
4.1(e)) ("Additional Gross-up Payment"), such that the net amount retained by
the Participant, after deduction of any Excise Tax on the Parachute Payments and
any Federal, state and local income tax and Excise Tax upon the Additional
Gross-Up Payment, shall be equal to the Parachute Payments determined prior to
the application of this paragraph. In the event that the Excise Tax payable by
the Participant is subsequently determined to be less than the amount of the
Additional Gross-up Payment paid to the participant, the Participant shall repay
to the Company at the time that the amount of such reduction in the Additional
Gross-up Payment is determined the portion of the Additional Gross-up Payment
attributable to such reduction plus interest on the amount of such repayment at
the rate provided for in Section 1274(h)(2)(B) of the Code ("Additional
Repayment Amount"). The obligation to pay any Repayment Amount, Additional
Gross-up or Additional Repayment Amount shall remain in effect under this
Agreement for the entire period during which the Participant remains liable for
the Excise Tax, including the period during which any applicable statute of
limitation remains open.



                                       12
<PAGE>   14

         (d)      In the event the Participant's Parachute Payments are less
than 3.5 times the Base Amount, the Company shall limit the Compensation
Payments provided hereunder to the extent necessary so that the Participant's
Parachute Payments do not exceed 2.99 times the Base Amount.

         (e)      Unless the Company determines that any Parachute Payments made
hereunder must be reported as "excess parachute payments" in accordance with
Section 4.1(c) above, neither party shall file any return taking the position
that the payment of such benefits constitutes an "excess parachute payment"
within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(1) of the Code. If the Internal Revenue
Service proposes an assessment of Excise Tax against the Participant in excess
of the amount, if any, taken into account at the time specified in Section
4.1(c) and the Company notifies the Participant in writing that the Company
elects to contest such assessment at its own expense, the Participant shall
cooperate in good faith with the Company in contesting such proposed assessment
and agrees not to settle such contest without the written consent of the
Company. Any such contest shall be controlled by the Company, provided, however,
that the Participant shall have the right to participate in such contest.
Notwithstanding the Company's election to contest the assessment of an Excise
Tax, the Participant shall be entitled to an Additional Gross-Up Payment under
Section 4.l(c) at the time set forth therein. 

         4.2      Termination of Employment. If a Participant's employment with
the Company or his French Employer shall terminate during the term of his
Agreement for any reason other than death, Retirement, Voluntary Resignation or
Cause, the Company or (if such payment is not inconsistent with any relevant
French law) his French Employer, shall pay the Participant or the Participant's
beneficiary, as the case may be, in cash a lump sum payment in the amount set
forth in the Agreement with such Participant under this Plan within 30 days of
his termination of 



                                       13
<PAGE>   15

employment. Such amount shall be set forth on Appendix A hereto and shall not be
more than the Participant's monthly base salary multiplied by 24. No benefits
shall be payable pursuant to this Section 4.2 in the event a Participant is
entitled to severance payments under Section 4.1 hereof.


                           ARTICLE 5 - ADMINISTRATION

         5.1      Administrator. The Administrator is responsible for the
general administration of the Plan.

         5.2      Duties of the Administrator. The Administrator shall be
responsible for the daily administration of the Plan and may appoint other
persons or entities to perform or assist in the performance of any of its
duties, subject to its review and approval. The Administrator shall have the
right to remove any such appointee from his position without cause upon notice.

         5.3      Powers. The Administrator shall administer the Plan in
accordance with its terms and shall have all powers necessary to carry out the
provisions of the Plan as more particularly set forth herein. The Administrator
shall have discretionary authority to interpret the Plan, and to determine all
questions arising in the administration, interpretation, and application of the
Plan; provided, however, that such discretionary authority shall be exercised in
good faith in order to achieve the principal purposes of the Plan to provide
severance benefits, including enhanced severance benefits upon a Change of
Control, as described in Article 4. All such determinations shall be conclusive
and binding on all interested persons. The Administrator shall adopt such
procedures and regulations necessary and/or desirable for the discharge of its
duties hereunder and may appoint such accountants, counsel, actuaries,
specialists, and other agents as it deems necessary and/or desirable in
connection with the administration of this Plan.



                                       14
<PAGE>   16

         5.4      Compensation of the Administrator. The Administrator shall not
receive any compensation from the Plan for its services.

         5.5      Indemnification. The Company shall indemnify the Administrator
against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses, and liability arising
from its actions or omissions, except when the same is finally adjudicated to be
due to the Administrator's gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Company
may purchase at its own expense sufficient liability insurance for the
Administrator to cover any and all claims, losses, damages, and expenses arising
from any action or omission in connection with the execution of the duties as
the Administrator.

                      ARTICLE 6 - SUCCESSOR TO THE COMPANY

         6.1      The Company will require any successor or assign (whether
direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or
substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company, expressly,
absolutely and unconditionally to assume this Plan and agree to perform the
obligations of the Company under this Plan and each Participant's Agreement in
the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to
perform such obligations if no such succession or assignment had taken place.

                            ARTICLE 7 - MISCELLANEOUS

         7.1      Funding of Benefits. The benefits payable to a Participant
under the Plan shall not be funded in any manner and shall be paid by the
Company or the French employer, as the case may be, out of its general assets,
which assets are subject to the claims of the Company's or the French Employer's
creditors.



                                       15
<PAGE>   17

         7.2      Settlement of Accounts. Except as prohibited by applicable
law, there shall be deducted from the payment of any benefit due under the Plan
the amount of any uncontested indebtedness, obligation, or liability which the
Participant has acknowledged in writing as owing to the Company or the French
Employer as the case may be, or any of their respective subsidiaries and the
amount of which has been agreed to by the Participant.

         7.3      Withholding. There shall be deducted from the payment of any
benefit due under the Plan the amount of any tax required by any governmental
authority to be withheld and paid over by the Company or the French Employer, as
the case may be, to such governmental authority for the account of the
Participant entitled to such payment.

         7.4      Assignment by the Participant. Unless required by court order,
no Participant or beneficiary shall have any rights to sell, assign, transfer,
encumber, or otherwise convey the right to receive the payment of any benefit
due hereunder, which payment and the rights thereto are expressly declared to be
nonassignable and nontransferable. Any attempt to do so shall be null and void
and of no effect.

         7.5      Amendment and Termination. The Plan may be amended or
terminated at any time by the Company, by resolution of the Board; provided that
no termination or amendment reducing the severance benefits provided hereunder
shall be effective until the expiration of the two-year period following the
date of the Board resolution providing for such termination. Further, no
amendment or termination shall be effective during the two-year period following
the date of a Change of Control of the Company without the consent of all the
Participants. Any termination of this Plan shall cause the immediate termination
of all outstanding Agreements hereunder. No amendment or termination shall
affect the rights of any Participant who is entitled to severance benefits
pursuant to Article 4 at the time of such amendment or termination.



                                       16
<PAGE>   18

         7.6      No Guarantee of Employment. Participation hereunder shall not
be construed as creating any contract of employment between the Company or a
French Employer and any Key Employee, nor shall it limit the right of the
Company or such French Employer to terminate a Key Employee's employment at any
time for any reason whatsoever.

         7.7      Construction. This Plan shall be construed in accordance with
and governed by the laws of the State of Georgia, to the extent such laws are
not otherwise superseded by the laws of the United States.





















                                       17
<PAGE>   19



                                   APPENDIX A

                               Participants in the
                     Schweitzer-Mauduit International, Inc.
                     Executive Severance Plan and Number of
                        Months of Base Salary Pursuant to
                             Section 4.2 of the Plan

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               Number of Months of
                                        Participant's Base Salary in the
                                        Event of Termination, Pursuant to
              Name                           Section 4.2 of the Plan
              ----                           -----------------------

        <S>                             <C>
        Wayne H. Deitrich                             24
        Paul C. Roberts                               12
        William J. Sharkey                            12
        William R. Foust                              12
        Wayne L. Grunewald                             6
        Jean-Pierre Le Hetet                          12
        Raymond Nedellec                               6
        Alain Charet                                   6
        John W. Rumely, Jr.                            6
        Peter J. Thompson                             12
</TABLE>











                                       18

<PAGE>   1
                                                                EXHIBIT 10.13.2


            AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT
                             DATED JANUARY 29, 1999


          This Amendment No. 1 dated as of January 29, 1999 ("Amendment") is
among Schweitzer-Mauduit International, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Company"
or "Guarantor"), Schweitzer-Mauduit France S.A.R.L., a French corporation
("SMF"), PDM Industries, S.N.C., a French corporation ("PDM"),
Schweitzer-Mauduit Spain, S.L., sociedad unipersonal, a, Spanish corporation
with a sole shareholder ("SMS", together with the Company, SMF and PDM, the
"Borrowers"), the banks party hereto ("Banks") and Societe Generale, as agent
for the Banks ("Agent").

                                  INTRODUCTION

          A. The Borrowers, the Guarantor, the Banks and the Agent are party to
the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of January 30, 1998 (as
amended, the "Credit Agreement").

          B. The Borrowers have requested that the Banks agree to (1) extend
the Maturity Date of the U.S. Revolving Commitments and the French Revolving
Commitments under the Credit Agreement from January 29, 1999 to January 28,
2000, (2) consent to the assignment and assumption of the obligations of SMS
under the Spanish Term Note to the Company, and (3) make certain other
modifications to the Credit Agreement.

          THEREFORE, the Borrowers, the Guarantor, the Agent and the Banks
hereby agree as follows:

         Section 1. Definitions; References. Unless otherwise defined in this
Amendment, terms used in this Amendment which are defined in the Credit
Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit
Agreement.

         Section 2. Amendments.

         (a)      Upon the satisfaction of each of the conditions precedent set
                  forth in Section 6 below, the Credit Agreement will be
                  amended as follows:

                  (i)      Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby 
                           amended as follows:

                           (A)      by deleting the date "January 29, 1999" in
                                    the definition of "Maturity Date" and
                                    replacing it with the date "January 28,
                                    2000"; and

                           (B)      by deleting the percentage ".20%" in the
                                    definition of "Applicable Margin" and
                                    replacing it with the percentage ".45%".

                  (ii)     Section 2.03(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby 
                           amended as follows:
<PAGE>   2

                           (A)     by deleting the percentage ".10%" and 
                                   replacing it with the percentage ".15%";
                                   and

                           (B)      by deleting the date "March 31, 1998" and
                                    replacing it with the date "March 31,
                                    1999".

     (b)          Upon the satisfaction of each of the conditions precedent set
forth in Section 7 below, the Credit Agreement will be amended as follows:

                  (i)      Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby 
                           amended as follows:

                           (A)      the definition of "Borrower" is amended in 
                                    its entirety as follows:

                                    "Borrower" means (a) with respect to the
                           U.S. Revolving Advances, the U.S. Term Advances and
                           the Spanish Term Advances, the Company, (b) with
                           respect to the French Revolving Advances, SMF and
                           PDM, and (c) with respect to the French Term
                           Advances, SMF, and "Borrowers" shall refer to all
                           such Persons collectively.

                           (B)      the definition of "Spanish Term Advance" is
                                    amended by replacing "SMS" with "the
                                    Company".

                           (C)      the definition of "Spanish Term Note" is 
                                    amended in its entirety as follows:

                                    "Spanish Term Note" means a promissory note
                                    of the Company payable to the order of any
                                    Bank in substantially the form of the
                                    attached Exhibit B-5, evidencing
                                    indebtedness of the Company to such Bank
                                    resulting from any Spanish Term Advance of
                                    such Bank.

                  (ii)     The last sentence of Section 2.02(g) of the Credit 
                           Agreement is amended in its entirety as follows:

                                    The indebtedness of the Company to each
                                    Bank resulting from the Spanish Term
                                    Advance owing to such Bank shall be
                                    evidenced by the Spanish Term Note of the
                                    Company payable to the order of such Bank.

                  (iii)    Exhibit B-5 to the Credit Agreement is hereby
                           amended in its entirety by attaching the attached
                           "Exhibit B-5 - Form of Spanish Term Note".

                  (iv)     Section 2.05(b)(iii) of the Credit Agreement is
                           hereby amended in its entirety as follows:

                                    The Company shall ratably repay the Spanish
                                    Term Advances to the Banks based on each
                                    Bank's Spanish Term Share in installments
                                    in the aggregate amounts and on the dates
                                    indicated as follows:



                                       2
<PAGE>   3

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        Date                      Amount
                                        ----                      ------
                                    <S>                         <C>
                                    January 31, 2002            $6,666,666
                                    July 31, 2002               $6,666,667
                                    January 31, 2003            $6,666,667
</TABLE>

          Section 3. Assignment and Assumption. Upon the assignment and
assumption of the obligations of SMS under the Spanish Term Note to the Company
(the "Assignment and Assumption Date"), the Company assumes and agrees to be
primarily liable for the payment and performance of, all of SMS's obligations
now or hereafter arising under, or in connection with, the Spanish Term Note
(collectively, the "SMS Obligations"). The Company's obligations under the
Spanish Term Note shall apply to and cover all amendments, modifications,
supplements or restatements of the Credit Agreement or the SMS Obligations
thereunder. Additionally, as of the Assignment and Assumption Date, the Company
agrees to be substituted for SMS as a Borrower under the Credit Agreement and
undertakes to perform all the obligations expressed therein, respectively, of
SMS as a Borrower and agrees to be bound by all of the provisions and covenants
of the Spanish Term Note and the other Credit Documents to which SMS is a party
as if the Company had been an original party to such agreements in such
capacity.

          Section 4. Reaffirmation of Guaranty. The Company hereby reaffirms
its obligations under Article VIII of the Credit Agreement and agrees to remain
liable for the repayment of the Guaranteed Obligations (as defined therein).
The Company's obligations under the Guaranty shall continue to be enforceable
against it notwithstanding the assumption of liabilities by the Company
pursuant to Section 3 of this Amendment.

         Section 5. Representations and Warranties. The Borrowers and the
Guarantor represent and warrant to the Agent and the Banks as of the date
hereof and as of the Assignment and Assumption Date that:

          (a)     Any representations and warranties set forth in the Credit
                  Agreement and in the other Credit Documents (other than those
                  made as of a specific date) are true and correct in all
                  material respects;

          (b)     (i) The execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment
                  are within the corporate power and authority of the Borrowers
                  and the Guarantor and have or will have been duly authorized
                  by appropriate proceedings and (ii) this Amendment
                  constitutes a legal, valid, and binding obligation of the
                  Borrowers and the Guarantor enforceable in accordance with
                  its terms, except as limited by applicable bankruptcy,
                  insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or similar laws
                  affecting the rights of creditors generally and general
                  principles of equity;

         (c)      No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is 
                  continuing; and

         (d)      No Potential Phaseout Event has occurred.

         Section 6. Effectiveness. This Amendment shall become effective and
the Credit Agreement shall be amended as provided in Section 2(a) of this
Amendment upon the occurrence of the following conditions precedent:

         (a)      The Agent shall have received this Amendment duly and validly
                  executed by all the parties thereto, in form and substance
                  satisfactory to the Agent; and



                                       3
<PAGE>   4

         (b)      The representations and warranties in this Amendment shall be
                  true and correct in all material respects.

         Section 7. Effectiveness. The Credit Agreement shall be amended as
provided in Section 2(b) of this Amendment upon the occurrence of the following
conditions precedent:

         (a)      The Agent shall have received the following duly and validly
                  executed by all the parties thereto, in form and substance
                  satisfactory to the Agent of:

                  (i)      replacement Spanish Term Notes dated as of the
                           Assignment and Assumption Date executed by the
                           Company payable to the order of each of the Banks
                           evidencing the indebtedness of the Company to the
                           Banks resulting from the outstanding Spanish Term
                           Advances of the Bank (the "New Spanish Term Notes");

                  (ii)     certificates from the appropriate Governmental
                           Authority certifying as to the good standing,
                           existence and authority of the Company in all
                           jurisdictions where the Company is organized or does
                           business;

                  (iii)    copies, certified as of the Assignment and 
                           Assumption Date by a Responsible Officer of the
                           Company of (A) the resolutions of the Board of
                           Directors of the Company approving this Amendment,
                           the New Spanish Term Notes and the other Credit
                           Documents to which the Company is a party, (B) the
                           articles or certificate (as applicable) of
                           incorporation and bylaws of the Company, and (C) all
                           other documents evidencing other necessary corporate
                           action and governmental approvals, if any, with
                           respect to this Amendment, the New Spanish Term
                           Notes, and the other Credit Documents to which the
                           Company is a party; and

                  (iv)     certificates of a Responsible Officer of the Company
                           certifying the names and true signatures of officers
                           of the Company authorized to sign this Amendment,
                           the New Spanish Term Note and the other Credit
                           Documents to which the Company is a party; and

         (b)      The representations and warranties in this Amendment shall be
                  true and correct in all material respects.

         Section 8. Release of SMS. Upon the satisfaction of the conditions
precedent set forth in Section 7 and on and after the Assignment and Assumption
Date, the Agent and the Banks hereby release and discharge SMS from all present
and future obligations and liabilities under the Credit Agreement and the
Spanish Term Notes.

         Section 9. Choice of Law. This Amendment shall be governed by and
construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

         Section 10. Counterparts. This Amendment may be signed in any number
of counterparts, each of which shall be an original.



                                       4
<PAGE>   5

                                 EXECUTED as of the 29th day of January, 1999.

                                 BORROWERS:


                                 SCHWEITZER-MAUDUIT INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                                 By: /s/ WAYNE H. DEITRICH
                                     -------------------------------------------
                                 Wayne H. Deitrich
                                 Chairman and Chief Executive Officer


                                 SCHWEITZER-MAUDUIT FRANCE S.A.R.L.
                                 By: /s/ JEAN-PIERRE LE HETET
                                     -------------------------------------------
                                 Jean-Pierre Le Hetet
                                 Gerant (Manager)


                                 PDM INDUSTRIES S.N.C.
                                 By: Papeteries de Mauduit S.A., as Manager
                                 By: /s/ JEAN-PIERRE LE HETET
                                     -------------------------------------------
                                 Jean-Pierre Le Hetet
                                 Legal Representative


                                 SCHWEITZER-MAUDUIT SPAIN, S.L.
                                 By: /s/ RAYMOND NEDELLEC
                                     -------------------------------------------
                                 Raymond Nedellec
                                 Board Delegate


                                 GUARANTOR:
                                 SCHWEITZER-MAUDUIT INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                                 By: /s/ WAYNE H. DEITRICH
                                     -------------------------------------------
                                 Wayne H. Deitrich
                                 Chairman and Chief Executive Officer



                                       5
<PAGE>   6

                                 AGENT:

                                 SOCIETE GENERALE

                                 By:  /s/ RICHARD M. LEWIS
                                      --------------------
                                 Richard M. Lewis
                                 Director



                                 BANKS:

                                 SOCIETE GENERALE

                                 By:  /s/ RICHARD M. LEWIS
                                      --------------------
                                       Richard M. Lewis
                                       Director



                                 BANQUE NATIONALE DE PARIS

                                 By:  /s/ 
                                      --------------------
                                 Name:
                                 Title:



                                 CREDIT LYONNIAS

                                 By:  /s/ 
                                      --------------------
                                 Name:
                                 Title:



                                 CREDIT NATIONAL

                                 By:  /s/ 
                                      --------------------
                                 Name:
                                 Title:



                                 NATEXIS BANQUE

                                 By:  /s/ 
                                      --------------------
                                 Name:
                                 Title:


                                 By:  /s/ 
                                      --------------------
                                 Name:
                                 Title:



                                       6
<PAGE>   7

                                 SUNTRUST BANK, ATLANTA

                                 By:  /s/ 
                                      --------------------
                                 Name:
                                 Title:


                                 By:  /s/ 
                                      --------------------
                                 Name:
                                 Title:



                                 WACHOVIA BANK OF GEORGIA, N.A.

                                 By:  /s/ 
                                      --------------------   
                                 Name:
                                 Title: 


                                       7
<PAGE>   8

                                  EXHIBIT B-5
                               SPANISH TERM NOTE

$___________________                      [Assignment and Assumption Date]

         For value received, the undersigned, Schweitzer-Mauduit International,
Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), hereby promises to pay to
____________________________________("Bank") the principal amount of
______________________ and __/100 Dollars ($________________) or, if less, the
aggregate outstanding principal amount of each Spanish Term Advance (as defined
in the Credit Agreement referred to below) made by the Bank to the Company,
together with interest on the unpaid principal amount of each such Spanish Term
Advance from the date of such Spanish Term Advance until such principal amount
is paid in full, at such interest rates, and at such times, as are specified in
the Credit Agreement.

         This Note is one of the Spanish Term Notes referred to in, and is
entitled to the benefits of, and is subject to the terms of, the Amended and
Restated Credit Agreement dated as of January 30, 1998 (as the same may be
amended or modified from time to time, the "Credit Agreement"), among
Schweitzer-Mauduit International, Inc., a Delaware corporation,
Schweitzer-Mauduit France S.A.R.L., a French corporation, PDM Industries
S.N.C., a French corporation, Schweitzer-Mauduit Spain, S.L., sociedad
unipersonal, a Spanish corporation with a sole shareholder, the Banks and
Societe Generale, as Agent for the Banks. Capitalized terms used in this Note
that are defined in the Credit Agreement and not otherwise defined in this Note
have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement. The Credit
Agreement, among other things, (a) provides for the maintaining of Spanish Term
Advances by the Bank to the Company from time to time in an aggregate amount
not to exceed at any time outstanding the Dollar amount first above mentioned,
the indebtedness of the Company resulting from each such Spanish Term Advance
being evidenced by this Note and (b) contains provisions for acceleration of
the maturity of this Note upon the happening of certain events stated in the
Credit Agreement and for prepayments of principal prior to the maturity of this
Note upon the terms and conditions specified in the Credit Agreement.

         Both principal and interest are payable in lawful money of the United
States of America to the Agent at 4800 Trammell Crow Center, 2001 Ross Avenue,
Dallas, Texas 75201 (or at such other location or address as may be specified
by the Agent in writing to the Company) in same day funds. The Bank shall
record all Spanish Term Advances and payments of principal made under this
Note, but no failure of the Bank to make such recordings shall affect the
Company's repayment obligations under this Note.

         Except as specifically provided in the Credit Agreement, the Company
hereby waives presentment, demand, protest, notice of intent to accelerate,
notice of acceleration, and any other notice of any kind. No failure to
exercise, and no delay in exercising, any rights hereunder on the part of the
holder of this Note shall operate as a waiver of such rights.

         Subject to applicable federal law, this Note shall be governed by and
construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the state of New York.

                                  SCHWEITZER-MAUDUIT INTERNATIONAL, INC.



                                  By:
                                     ------------------------------------------
                                  Name:
                                       ----------------------------------------
                                  Title:
                                        ---------------------------------------



                                       8

<PAGE>   1

                                                                 EXHIBIT  21.1


             SUBSIDIARIES OF SCHWEITZER-MAUDUIT INTERNATIONAL, INC.

The subsidiaries of the Company at December 31, 1998 were as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          JURISDICTION OF
                                                                          INCORPORATION OR
NAME                                                                        ORGANIZATION            
- ----                                                                   --------------------------
<S>                                                                    <C>
Schweitzer-Mauduit Canada, Inc....................................     Manitoba Province (Canada)
Schweitzer-Mauduit Spain, S.L.....................................     Spain
     -   LTR Industries S.A.......................................     France
     -   SWM Brasil, Ltda.........................................     Brazil
             --  Schweitzer-Mauduit do Brasil, S.A................     Brazil
Schweitzer-Mauduit France S.A.R.L.................................     France
     -   Papeteries de Mauduit S.A................................     France
             --  PDM Industries S.N.C.............................     France
             --  Papeteries de Malaucene S.A......................     France
                   --   Malaucene Industries S.N.C................     France
     -   Groupe SAPAM S.A.........................................     France
             --  Papeteries de St. Girons S.A.....................     France
</TABLE>


<PAGE>   1

                                                                  EXHIBIT  23.1



                         INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT



We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statements No.
33-99812, No. 33-99814, No. 33-99816, and No. 33-99848 of Schweitzer-Mauduit
International, Inc. and subsidiaries on Form S-8 of our report dated January
22, 1999, appearing in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Schweitzer-Mauduit
International, Inc. and subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 1998.




DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Atlanta, Georgia
March 4, 1999


<PAGE>   1
                                                                  EXHIBIT  24.1








                               POWERS OF ATTORNEY
<PAGE>   2

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY


         The undersigned, Claire L. Arnold, hereby constitutes and appoints
William J. Sharkey and Paul C. Roberts, or either of them, her true and lawful
attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full powers of substitution and
resubstitution, for her and in her name, place and stead, in any and all
capacities, to sign the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Schweitzer-Mauduit
International, Inc. for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998, and any and
all amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and
other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, each acting alone,
full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing
requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all
intents and purposes as she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and
confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, each acting alone, or
his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue
hereof.




Dated this 25th day of February, 1999       /s/ CLAIRE L. ARNOLD
                                            ----------------------------------
                                            Claire L. Arnold
<PAGE>   3

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY


         The undersigned, K.C. Caldabaugh, hereby constitutes and appoints
William J. Sharkey and Paul C. Roberts, or either of them, his true and lawful
attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full powers of substitution and
resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all
capacities, to sign the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Schweitzer-Mauduit
International, Inc. for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998, and any and
all amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and
other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, each acting alone,
full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing
requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all
intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and
confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, each acting alone, or
his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue
hereof.




Dated this 25th day of February, 1999        /s/ K.C. CALDABAUGH
                                             ----------------------------------
                                             K.C. Caldabaugh
<PAGE>   4

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY


         The undersigned, Laurent G. Chambaz, hereby constitutes and appoints
William J. Sharkey and Paul C. Roberts, or either of them, his true and lawful
attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full powers of substitution and
resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all
capacities, to sign the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Schweitzer-Mauduit
International, Inc. for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998, and any and
all amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and
other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, each acting alone,
full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing
requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all
intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and
confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, each acting alone, or
his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue
hereof.




Dated this 25th day of February, 1999        /s/ LAURENT G. CHAMBAZ
                                             ----------------------------------
                                             Laurent G. Chambaz
<PAGE>   5

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY


         The undersigned, Richard D. Jackson, hereby constitutes and appoints
William J. Sharkey and Paul C. Roberts, or either of them, his true and lawful
attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full powers of substitution and
resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all
capacities, to sign the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Schweitzer-Mauduit
International, Inc. for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998, and any and all
amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other
documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission,
granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, each acting alone, full power
and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and
necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and
purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all
that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, each acting alone, or his substitute or
substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.




Dated this 25th day of February, 1999       /s/ RICHARD D. JACKSON     
                                            -----------------------------------
                                            Richard D. Jackson
<PAGE>   6

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY


         The undersigned, Leonard J. Kujawa, hereby constitutes and appoints
William J. Sharkey and Paul C. Roberts, or either of them, his true and lawful
attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full powers of substitution and
resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all
capacities, to sign the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Schweitzer-Mauduit
International, Inc. for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998, and any and
all amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and
other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, each acting alone,
full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing
requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all
intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and
confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, each acting alone, or
his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue
hereof.




Dated this 25th day of February, 1999        /s/ LEONARD J. KUJAWA
                                             ----------------------------------
                                             Leonard J. Kujawa
<PAGE>   7

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY


         The undersigned, Jean-Pierre Le Hetet, hereby constitutes and appoints
William J. Sharkey and Paul C. Roberts, or either of them, his true and lawful
attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full powers of substitution and
resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all
capacities, to sign the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Schweitzer-Mauduit
International, Inc. for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998, and any and
all amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and
other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, each acting alone,
full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing
requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all
intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and
confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, each acting alone, or
his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue
hereof.




Dated this 25th day of February, 1999        /s/ JEAN-PIERRE LE HETET
                                             ----------------------------------
                                             Jean-Pierre Le Hetet

<PAGE>   8

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY


         The undersigned, Larry B. Stillman, hereby constitutes and appoints
William J. Sharkey and Paul C. Roberts, or either of them, his true and lawful
attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full powers of substitution and
resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all
capacities, to sign the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Schweitzer-Mauduit
International, Inc. for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998, and any and
all amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and
other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, each acting alone,
full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing
requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all
intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and
confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, each acting alone, or
his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue
hereof.




Dated this 25th day of February, 1999        /s/ LARRY B. STILLMAN
                                             ----------------------------------
                                             Larry B. Stillman


<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM THE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF SCHWEITZER-MAUDUIT FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998,
AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1998
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1998
<CASH>                                           6,700
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                   69,500
<ALLOWANCES>                                     1,900
<INVENTORY>                                     69,400
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               156,300
<PP&E>                                         479,300
<DEPRECIATION>                                 196,100
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 474,700
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          124,500
<BONDS>                                        108,400
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                         1,600
<OTHER-SE>                                     195,400
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   474,700
<SALES>                                        546,700
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               546,700
<CGS>                                          440,600
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  440,600
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                47,000
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                   500
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                               6,400
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                 53,900
<INCOME-TAX>                                    17,300
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                             31,000
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                    31,000
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                     1.94
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     1.92
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission